Contact Energy Limited logo

Contact Energy performance supports renewable investment

Full Year Results18 August 2024CENUtilities

Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz




19 August 2024


Contact Energy performance supports

renewable investment



Twelve months ended

30 June 2024

FY24

Twelve months ended

30 June 2023

FY23


Underlying

i

Reported Against underlying

EBITDAF

ii

$663m $675m ↑ 16% from $573m

Profit $230m


$235m ↑ 9% from $211m

Profit per share 29.1 cps


29.9 cps ↑ 8% from 26.9 cps

Operating free cash flow

iii

$470m ↑ 67% from $282m

Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $110m ↓ 3% from $113m

Growth capital expenditure (cash) $470m ↓ 0% from $472m

Key strategic highlights

• Tauhara geothermal station online since May 2024. Final commissioning underway.

• Te Huka 3 geothermal station now in commissioning. Expected online in Q4 2024.

• New long-term agreement to supply renewable electricity to NZAS.

• Construction started on 100MW grid-scale battery at Glenbrook, expected online Q1 2026.

• Confirmed investment in 168MWp Kowhai Park solar farm, expected online in Q2 2026.

Financial performance

Contact Energy has reported net profit of $235m in FY24 and operating earnings (EBITDAF)

of $675m. Reported figures include a net movement in the onerous contract provision

relating to the Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) of $12m within EBITDAF ($5m within net

profit after tax and interest). Excluding the movement in the provision, underlying net profit

was up 9% on FY23 to $230m and EBITDAF was up 16% to $663m.

The improved operating result was driven by closer alignment of channel pricing to the

wholesale market and greater thermal efficiency, partially offset by lower hydro generation,

and reduced steam revenue following the closure of Te Rapa. Net profit was impacted by

one-off write-offs of $36m after tax relating to damage to peaker assets, remediation work

required at the Tauhara geothermal plant and software projects not continuing as planned.

Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions throughout the period and gas supply

tightened, with flow-on impacts to wholesale pricing from more thermal generation. Contact

increased contracted sales volumes in anticipation of Tauhara coming online and with its

delay to mid-2024 met this sales position through a balance of additional thermal and

acquired generation. At the same time, Contact has executed well on its channel mix and

pricing strategies.


Contact Energy Ltd

2

“The result has been a demonstration of strength in our underlying performance as we

managed through market volatility, while keeping the momentum to deliver existing and new

renewable developments,” says Chief Executive Mike Fuge.

Operating free cash flow of $470m was up 67% on the prior year on the improved operating

result, relatively lower levels of working capital due to higher thermal generation and

reflecting the continued capitalisation of interest on Tauhara borrowings. In FY24, growth

capital expenditure was $470 million as Contact invested twice its net profit for the year into

renewable development.

The Board declared a final dividend of 23 cents per share, taking the annual dividend

declared for FY24 to 37 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in

Contact’s dividend reinvestment plan at a 2% discount.

Demand

In May 2024, Contact entered into a new long-term agreement with the New Zealand

Aluminium Smelter (NZAS) to supply renewable energy to its Tiwai Point operation in

Southland. Under the agreement, Contact has been provided with demand response of up to

46MW, with the mechanism activated at maximum capacity in July 2024 to support New

Zealand’s security of supply.

“This new long-term agreement de-risks investment in new renewable generation,

contributes to energy security and helps to preserve an important export industry, supporting

growth and decarbonisation of the New Zealand economy,” said Mr Fuge.

Renewable development

Tauhara came online in May 2024 following accelerated remediation works, providing new

renewable generation as gas supply tightened. Final commissioning activity is underway to

lift initial operating capacity to 152MW. Commissioning is also underway on Contact’s 51MW

Te Huka 3 geothermal power station, which is expected to be ready to receive steam by the

end of this month. These power stations will add 1.9TWh per annum of baseload renewable

output when full capacity is reached.

Construction has started on a 100MW grid-scale battery located at Glenbrook. Contact has

also committed to its first solar project through its joint venture with Lightsource bp – a

168MWp solar farm at Kōwhai Park, adjacent to Christchurch International Airport. Both are

expected online in 2026

iv

.

“Contact is demonstrating its commitment to invest in new renewable technologies by

executing on the best projects within its ~7TWh development pipeline, contributing to

security of supply as New Zealand decarbonises,” says Mr Fuge.

Contact is targeting a final investment decision in Q4 2024

iv

on Te Mihi Stage 2 – a ~100MW

binary plant which will be the first phase of the Wairakei A&B geothermal station

replacement. The investment decision will be considered alongside the plans to extend

~37MW of plant capacity at Wairakei A&B to 2031.

Decarbonising the portfolio

Emissions from electricity generation increased by 421tC0

2

e in FY24, with higher thermal

generation reflecting the delay in Tauhara commissioning and the drier hydrological

conditions. Emissions intensity from thermal generation was down 32% on FY23 driven

largely by the closure of Te Rapa on 30 June 2023. Contact is committed to being net zero

from its generation activities by 2035.


Contact Energy Ltd

3

Retail

Retail electricity net price has improved to partially recover rising energy and pass-through

costs. Total connections were up 37,000 on FY23, driven primarily by broadband and the

introduction of Contact Mobile.

Contact remains focused on supporting our customers in energy hardship, collaborating with

industry through ERANZ, which offers support programmes like EnergyMate, and partnering

with national social services agency Women’s Refuge and community group Good

Shepherd. Helping customers in energy hardship, Contact provided two million dollars of

support this year.

Outlook

Looking ahead, Mr Fuge said the next twelve months will see Contact operating more than

200MW of newly constructed geothermal power stations and building a diverse set of new

renewable projects as the company delivers on its Contact26 strategy to be a leader in the

decarbonisation of New Zealand.


1/ MORE INFORMATION

Investor enquiries Media enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright

Investor Relations and Strategy Manager Head of Communications and Reputation

+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313

shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz


2/ CONFERENCE CALL

A conference call to support the interim results announcement will be held at 11am, NZ (New

Zealand) time on 19 August 2024.

If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details below to view the webcast

off your chosen device:

Click here to enter the webcast: LIVE EVENT LINK

Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre




i

The onerous contract provision for AGS is assessed every 6 months in line with NZ IAS 37. In FY24 there has been a net movement in the

provision resulting in positive impacts of $12m EBITDAF and $5m profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and

commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.


ii


Refer to slide 50 of the FY24 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure

earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF). Contact now

reports impairments and write-offs outside of EBITDAF to better reflect underlying performance.


iii

Refer to Note A3 of the 2024 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and

the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to

shareholders and growth capital expenditure.

---

1
1

2024 full year results

presentation

19 August 2024

Twelve months ended 30 June 2024

2
Disclaimer and important information

This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its

businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held

out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a

prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.

While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact

nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any

representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any

liability for any errors or omissions.

Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with its market

announcements and the materials attached to those announcements, and in particular

the market announcements and materials it released on the date of this presentation.

These are available on the NZX website (at www.nzx.com), the ASX website (at

www.asx.com.au) and on Contact's website (at www.contact.co.nz).

This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a

variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,

significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which

are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of

Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or

implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only

as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the

NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to

update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur

subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the

information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in

the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are

based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date

of this presentation.

EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are

financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial

information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’

published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial

information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial

information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G

under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.

Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow

and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New

Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),

Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards

(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by

other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures

determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.

Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is

provided in the supporting material.

This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other

advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of

financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for

such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact

security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain

independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should

make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,

circumstances and needs.

Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.

All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.

Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective

owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for

identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply

endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public

announcements of intention only.

3
FY24 highlights / Mike Fuge, CEO

Market update / Mike Fuge, CEO

Financial results and outlook / Dorian Devers, CFO

2

3

1

Agenda

33

Progress on strategy / Mike Fuge, CEO

3

4

Supporting materials

33

3

5

4 - 8

9 - 14

15 - 29

30 - 37

39 - 55

4
1

In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of

($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 a net movement in the

onerous contract provision equated to $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within

profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and

commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.

Summary of key financial performance measures

Performance supports renewable investment

Focus on delivering geothermal developments and flexing to manage fuel constraints

•Initial high hydro storage was quickly drawn down; long

dry periods were punctuated by short, concentrated

inflow periods; gas supply tightened; and intermittent

generation increased. The market observed:

‒Higher wholesale prices. Record prices observed in

December / January and June 2024.

‒Higher thermal generation compared to FY23.

Particularly evident in the second quarter (these

warmer months are usually highly renewable) as

water was conserved for winter 2024.

•High contracted sales volumes in anticipation of

Tauhara online and strong starting fuel position.

•Balanced thermal and acquired generation to meet

sales position. Contracted with market participants

to best utilise constrained gas through early winter.

•Hydro outage planning flexed around prevailing

conditions to capture opportune inflows.

•First calls on NZAS demand response made.

•Channel pricing aligned closer to wholesale market.

Market

FY24

•Significant lines cost increases from 1 April 2025.

•Disappointing results from drilling campaigns across

all major gas field producers factoring into future gas

availability.

•Pricing volatility increasing, particularly in peak

periods, as intermittent generation continues to come

online, thermal plant is closed and gas production

slows.

•Decline in domestic gas production leading to a sharp

rise in the price of risk management products.

•Conditions continue to support Contact’s view of long-

term wholesale prices at $115-125/MWh (2024 real).

7

Medium term

•Expect to close Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)

gas-fired plant at end of 2024.

•New geothermal plant at Tauhara came online in

Q2 2024. Te Huka 3 expected online in Q4 2024.

Once at full capacity these will add 1.9TWh p.a. of

renewable output to the portfolio.

•Construction underway on 100MW Glenbrook

battery, adding renewable flexibility, and 168MWp

Kōwhai Park solar.

•Value of gas storage changes throughout the

transition.

2

Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. Contact now

reports impairments and write-offs outside of EBITDAF to better reflect

underlying performance.

3

Refer to slide 24 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow.

4

Four-year average. See slide 24 for the basis of calculation of return on

invested capital.

5

Relates to interim and final FY24 dividends declared.

6

Includes capitalised interest.

7

As indicated in November 2022, updated for inflation and

includes update to reflect higher cost of capital. This is a

through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices

actually achieved are a function of the market at a point in

time.

Twelve months ended

30 June 2024 (FY24)

Twelve months ended 30

June 2023 (FY23)

Underlying

1

ReportedAgainst underlying

EBITDAF

2

$663m$675m↑16% from $573m

Profit$230m$235m↑9% from $211m

Profit per share29.1 c29.9c↑8% from 26.9c

Operating free cash

flow

3

$470m↑67% from $282m

Operating free cash flow

per share

3

59.8 c↑66% from 36.0c

Average ROIC

4

3.7%


From 3.3%

Dividend declared

5

$292m↑7% from $273m

Dividend declared per

share

5

37.0 c↑6% from 35.0 c

Stay-in-business (SIB)

capital expenditure

(cash)

$110m↓3% from $113m

Growth capital

expenditure (cash)

6

$470m↓0% from $472m

5
Execution: What we delivered over the last 12 months

FY24 operational plan

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

Strategic theme

Grow

Demand

Comparison to our FY24 operational plan

FY24 achieved

▪Conclude NZAS extension negotiations

with improved long-term pricing.

▪FID for one Green Chemical deal.

▪Facilitate at least 25MW of new demand.

▪Achieve FID for Kōwhai Park solar.

▪On track FID for North Island solar.

▪On track FID for wind.

▪Final Investment Decision on BESS (battery).

▪Tauhara operational Q4 2023.

▪Net zero roadmaps agreed (Scope 1 and 2).

▪Investment plans for further carbon offsets.

▪Final Investment Decision on BESS (battery).

▪Sustained entry into the DJSI.

▪Greater than 615k connections.

▪Maintain leading cost to serve position.

▪Significantly grow non-energy gross margin.

▪Expansion of “It’s good to be home” brand position.

▪Pilot launch of Contact Mobile.

▪Electricity net price up by around 5%.

Complete /

on-track

Minor delay and / or

cost increase

Major delay and / or

cost increase

Key:

Concluded new long-term NZAS deal with improved pricing and demand response.

Around 30MW new demand facilitated.

Support for HWR Richardson hydrogen/diesel initiative. CO

2

commercialisation

opportunity validated. Advancing to Final Investment Decision in FY25.

Tauhara came online Q2 2024 after steam separation plant re-design and rebuild.

Final commissioning activity underway.

Achieved Final Investment Decision on 100MW BESS (battery) at Glenbrook.

Achieved Final Investment Decision on 0.3TWh solar farm at Kōwhai Park.

Consenting process underway for Glorit and Stratford solar options (each 0.3TWh).

Consent lodged on 0.9-1.2TWh Southland Wind project.

GeoFuture project adjusted to a phased replacement programme (Te Mihi Stage 2&3).

Te Mihi Stage 2 (around 100MW) proceeding to Final Investment Decision in Q4 2024.

Progressing to meet all carbon reduction commitments under Net Zero roadmap (scope 1 & 2).

Approved BESS (battery) investment to reduce reliance on thermal peakers.

C0

2

reinjection being installed on Te Huka 3.

Electricity net price up by >5% aligning closer to market while maintaining low churn.

Telco gross margin growth of >60%.

More than 620k connections, up ~6%.

Cost to serve per connection increase below CPI.

Net Zero generation brand campaign launched.

Contact Mobile launched with ~8k customers.

Commissioning underway on Te Huka 3. Expected online in Q4 2024.

Top rated New Zealand company in DJSI Asia-Pacific.

▪Achieve FID for GeoFuture.

▪Build Te Huka 3.

6
Delivering 225MW new geothermal generation

Supporting the decarbonisation of NZ by bringing two world class geothermal power stations online in 2024

Te Huka 3

Tauhara

▪Tauhara came online in May 2024 providing

new renewable generation ahead of winter as

the gas market tightened.

▪Power station ran continuously during 30-day

reliability run at ~152MW and was

successfully tested at ~174MW.

▪Current operation of Tauhara is providing an

important source of renewable baseload

generation, at low marginal cost, as fuel

constraints (hydro and gas) have deepened.

▪Final commissioning activity underway to lift

initial operating capacity to ~152MW.

▪Minor modifications will be made during the

first outage in October 2025 to uplift

operating capacity to ~174MW.

Key stats:

▪Recent project milestones include:

▪Completion of the NCG reinjection

system to capture and reinject carbon

released from geothermal fluid.

▪Steam field is ready to supply steam to

the power plant.

▪Power plant is ready to receive steam by

end of August 2024.

▪Power station remains on track to be online

in Q4 CY2024.

▪This will take the total new geothermal plant

completed and commissioned by Contact in

2024 to over 200MW, delivering 1.9TWh

1

p.a.

of renewable output when at full capacity.

Key stats:

1

Annual output is calculated based on 174MW / 51MW for Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively at 95% capacity factor across 365 days (24-hour operation).

2

PPAs totalling 25MW to Oji Fibre and Pan Pac expected to commence on completion of final commissioning activity; PPA of 62.5MW to Genesis commences 1 January 2025.

3

Total project cost under board approvals. Tauhara includes performance payment to the EPC contractor as a result of bringing the plant online earlier than scheduled.

4

In FY25 Contact expects to recognise Tauhara assets of around $1,080m which includes capitalisation of interest and is after adjusting for the write-off recognised in FY24 relating to remediation work.

Capacity (planned)

Annual output (at full capacity)

1

Status

Capacity under PPA

2

Total project cost

3,4

174MW

~1,450GWh

On line

87.5MW

$924m

Capacity (planned)

Annual output (full year)

Expected online

Total project cost

3

51MW

~430GWh

1

Q4 CY2024

$300m

StatusCommissioning

7
Glenbrook battery investment to enhance

Contact’s renewable energy flexibility

Battery investment key metrics

Battery capacity

100MW

Modular format

56 Tesla

megapacks

Total project cost

Up to

$163m

2

Target schedule

Online by

Q1 CY2026

1

Based on a range of revenue sources including ancillary services (instantaneous reserves and frequency keeping), price arbitrage and fuel cost savings.

2

Includes sunk cost of $5.4m.

Initial EBITDAF

~$15-20m p.a.

(average)

1

%

Target IRR

9% to 10%

Operating costs

~$5m p.a.

Participation across

physical, reserve and

frequency-keeping markets

North Island location, close to

retail load, reducing North/

South Island price separation

Reduces reliance on gas

peakers by offering

intra-day peaking

Expansion option with

Tesla to increase capacity

to 130 MW / 260 MWh

Supports new wind and

solar on an intra-day

and intra-week basis

✓✓✓✓✓

Sources of value

Supports retail shape and

can support price cap and

virtual battery products for

tier 2 retailers



Storage duration /

discharge

2 hr /

~200MWh

Battery investment metrics are compelling, supported by a range of strategic benefits

Note: Battery will be located on a three hectare site leased from NZ Steel, adjacent to Transpower’s GXP at Glenbrook. Consent granted by Auckand Council to operate for 35 years.

8
Investment in Kōwhai Park solar diversifies

Contact’s renewable generation base

Key investment metrics

(Contact)

Capacity

~168MWp

~150MWac

Generation under

PPA to Contact

80%

~210GWh p.a.

Project

costs

2

~$273m

$1.8m/MWac

Target

schedule

Online in

Q2 CY2026

%

Contact target IRR

1

Over 12%

Opex and

SIB capex

~$20/MWh

Technological and

regional diversification

of Contact’s

generation base

Delivers on the

combined strengths

within Contact’s JV

with Lightsource bp

Speed to market (target

online by winter 2026)

capturing opportunity in

wholesale markets

JV structure (50/50) and

77% project finance

3


reduces Contact’s required

total capital outlay

✓✓✓✓✓

Strategic benefits

One of New Zealand’s

largest solar farms with

300,000 panels and a 35

year expected useful life



Annual

output

~275GWh p.a.

Speed to market expected to enhance returns available to Contact from this attractive investment

1

Includes JV returns and acquired generation. Return on acquired generation will ultimately depend on sales channel and market conditions.

2

Excludes financing costs of $43m. Includes development costs.

3

Bank facilities executed with remaining lender conditions precedent being completed in coming weeks. The final numbers could deviate slightly from those presented here once outstanding activities are completed.

Comprehensive solar

EPC contract with

CHINTEC (with network

connection by Ventia)

(Remainder sold merchant within JV)

Key investment metrics

(Project)

Contact

PPA term

15 years


Contact

PPA price

<$90/MWh

(With CPI escalation)

9
Market update

10
National electricity demand

Source: EMI, Contact.

Does not include NZAS

National electricity demand (TWh)

Regional

change (%)

FY24 vs FY23

Source: EMI, Contact

Market demand

New Zealand electricity demand was up ~2% on FY23

Total national electricity demand increased

by 0.95 TWh (2% from FY23).

•A 15% increase in demand year on

year in Huntly was largely driven by

increased demand at the Te Kowhai

node. This will be partly driven by the

shift from embedded to grid-sourced

generation at Te Rapa.

•Dry conditions in South Canterbury

increased demand at major irrigation

nodes, accounting for the majority of

the 15% demand increase.

•East Coast regional demand was down

9%, with Pan Pac's Whirinaki site

closed in 2023 after Cyclone Gabrielle

flooding impacts. The plant returned

online gradually through 2H24.

Drivers of underlying demand growth

include data centres, South Island process

heat and residential.

(2%)

15%

1%

15%

8%

2%

1%

5%

5%

5%

3%

2%

5%

1%

0%

1%

6%

4%

(9%)

5.0

5.2

5.1

4.9

5.0

5.0

5.0

10.1

10.110.3

10.6

10.2

10.5

11.2

26.1

26.1

25.8

26.1

25.8

25.6

25.9

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

41.3

41.4

41.2

41.6

41.1

41.1

42.1

+2%

+2%

North IslandSouth Island (ex NZAS)NZAS

11
Hydro generation was down ~11%

on FY23 (wet year), with materially

lower hydro inflows offset by a

~1.7TWh storage usage.

Impacts included:


Higher spot and futures

wholesale prices.


Increased reliance on thermal

generation and higher industry

carbon emissions.

New renewable generation online:


Geothermal uplift reflects lower

outages, Tauhara initial

generation and Wairakei uplift

(geothermal remains >2x wind).


Wind uplift reflects Harapaki and

Kaiwera Downs coming online.


First grid-scale solar

(~0.001TWh).

Generation by type (TWh)

The electricity market consumed ~1.7TWh of hydro storage in FY24, supplementing hydro generation volumes

towards mean. Together with reduced coal stockpiles and stored gas (AGS), the electricity market consumed

~3.6TWh of stored energy in FY24.

Source: EMI (generation data) & MBIE (emissions data)

Source: NZX Hydro data

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

Jul-

22

Dec-

22

Jul-

23

Dec-

23

Jun-

24

Mean

Actual

1H231H24

Storage

TWh

National hydro storage


Carbon emissions (mT)

1

Carbon emissions for FY24 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data.

Low hydro inflows impacted generation mix

Fuel supply

Below mean hydro inflows and higher demand saw increased thermal generation

2H242H23

FY24 saw a 1.7mT (74%) increase in carbon

emissions on higher thermal generation.

3.7

3.1

2.9

2.1

2.5

7.3

7.1

3.5

24.0

27.0

7.6

23.9

4.9

3.1

2.4

3.9

1.2

FY22

0.5

FY23FY24

Gas

Coal

Hydro

Geothermal

Wind

Solar

Other nonidentified

generation

43.243.1

44.1

4.0

1


3.8

2.3

12
Demand

Carbon

Short-term external factors that

can influence the market

Changes as at 30 June 2024

in comparison to 30 June 2023

Short-term

wholesale

electricity

prices

>$1bn drilling /

maintenance on major

domestic fields over the

past 2-3 years have

been unsuccessful at

changing the overall

trend of output decline

5

.

Spot gas prices up

~310%

6.

Methanol pricing at

US$341/t

(up 22% YoY) but

constrained gas affecting

production levels

2

Demand was up ~2%

year on year

3

Thermal coal prices

lower

2

(US$133/t, down

~11% YoY)

Forward wholesale pricing is reflecting low hydro

storage and gas decline (fuel availability risk)

Hydro storage has been

volatile over the last 12

months. Controlled

storage swung between

~130% of mean (~800

GWh above mean) in

July 23 to ~66% of mean

(~910 GWh below

mean) in June 24

1

.

Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)

Wholesale market

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

200

220

240

260

280

300

320

Jun-

15

Jun-

16

Jun-

17

Jun-

18

Jun-

19

Jun-

20

Jun-

21

Jun-

22

Jun-

23

Jun-

24

10 year

average

spot price =

$114 /MWh

Long-dated futures (>12 months)

Short-dated futures (<12 months)

Monthly average spot price

Source: EMI wholesale pricing

Carbon prices have remained subdued (~$51 / NZ unit)

4


with the most recent June ETS auction attracting no bids

1

NZX hydro information;

2

Bloomberg;

3

EMI;

4

Carbon match;

5

Recent drilling in the Kupe field (well KS-9) was unsuccessful at increasing production. In addition, both Pohokura and Maui fields have seen lower than average gas

production during CY24 ~10TJ/day. Enerlytica June 2024.;

6

Energy Market Services


Weak hydrology conditions over the past 6 months, renewable intermittency, and increasing scarcity and cost of gas, have exacerbated spot price volatility and pushed both the spot

and near-term futures prices up significantly. Long-dated futures have also priced higher over the year in response to market expectations of fuel price and availability.

However, these long-dated prices are less volatile as they also reflect longer-run factors such as demand / supply and the return requirements of new-build renewables.

13
•Competition remains intense despite sustained high wholesale futures

prices. Market churn continues to reflect this with switching continuing

at ~19%.

•Tier 1 retailers’ market share over the last two years has remained static at

84% (84% June-22 & June-24), albeit Genesis has added the most

connections (+10%), with Contact, Mercury and Meridian relatively stable.

•Tier 2 retailer growth rates have been varied, with total market share flat over

the last two years (at 16%). Some retailers have grown strongly (Flick,

2degrees) while others have been declining (Electric Kiwi, Pulse) possibly

due to choices to reduce retail channel exposure / leverage existing hedges.

•Contact’s electricity connections were up +6k from June 2022 to June 2024

equating to 20% market share.

Change in retail customer electricity connections (000s)

30 June 2022 – 30 June 2024

2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)

Retail electricity tariff changes (c/ kWh)

Tier 2: +10k connections

•Increasing wholesale energy and, more recently, network costs have

resulted in a lift in Residential electricity tariffs, with a compound annual

growth rate of 3% across the last five years.

•Average tariff increases for the year to March 2024 of 5% were largely in

line with consumer price inflation (~4%)

1

. Households have been largely

insulated from increasinginput costs due to retailers’ longer-term view of

pricing that rides through short-term volatility.

•As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is expected

to remain, including:

‒Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.

3

‒Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.

•This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay over the

coming years.


12 months

ended:

Tier 1: +55k connections

Source: EMI

Source: MBIE

16.8

18.2

18.6

19.5

20.7

12.3

11.1

11.6

12.0

12.4

Mar-20Mar-21Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24

29.1

29.4

30.2

31.5

33.1

+3%

Differences in retail strategies apparent

Retail electricity market

Reflects range of views on the value of retail as a channel; Pass-through costs increasing

Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)

2

1

Stats NZ CIP index increase in the 12 months to March 2024.

2

Compound annual growth rate.

10%

1%

1%

0%

-11%

-5%

79%

22%

105%

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

-80

GenesisMercury/

TrustPower

Meridian

-66%

ManawaNovaPulseFlick

-17%

Electric

Kiwi

2Degrees/

Vocus

OtherContact

3

The Commerce Commission indicated that the transmission and distribution component of a household’s electricity bill will

increase on average, by $15 per month from 1 April 2025, for affected networks.

1414
Topical Regulatory matters: Net Zero 2050

imperative for NZ remains

•Declining performance of NZ’s natural gas fields with

recent drilling campaigns underperforming expectations.

•Indigenous capacity and flexibility limited.

•MBIE undertaking Fuel Security Study.

•Reversal of oil and gas exploration ban may increase

longer-term supply, short-term supply remains tight.

Fuel security

Contact’s focus on accelerating new renewable generation, flexible storage and customer-focused demand response solutions aligns

with the political and societal imperative for the market to deliver a secure, low emissions, and renewable electricity market.

Lines assets

regulation /

investment

Resource

management reform

•BCG report noted 30% increase in spend required on

distribution infrastructure in 2026-30 relative to 2021-25.

•Draft decision on 2025-30 revenue caps (effective 1 April

2025), would see the lines component of an average

household’s electricity bill increase by $15 per month for

affected networks in the first year, with further increases

expected over the following four years

1

.

•Increase largely reflects CPI and changes to WACC, but

it will have a material impact on some communities.

•Wide ranging resource management reforms underway,

including Fast Track Approvals Bill, amendments to the

Resource Management Act (RMA), and work to

strengthen the NPS-REG.

•Will play a crucial role to meet infrastructure challenges

of decarbonising NZ economy.

ThemeContact Approach

Timing

•Contact transitioning from gas reliance +

investing in renewable flex e.g. batteries.

•Closure of Taranaki Combined Cycle gas

plant (expected to close December 2024)

reduces Contact’s reliance on gas.

•Ahuroa Gas Storage facility provides Contact

with some control over fuel availability for

thermal assets over the short-medium term.

•Balance required: Crucial investment /

Consumer impact.

•Recommends reducing connection costs,

aiding electrification projects.

•Stepping up our hardship support – no

disconnection or reconnection fees for non-

payment.

•Contact seeks to utilise the proposed fast-

track consenting Bill (if enacted) to enhance

flexibility in the Clutha scheme.

•Community engagement remains central to

Contact’s approach.

•Engaging with officials and Ministers on wider

reforms for alignment with our decarbonisation

strategy.

•Bill to repeal oil and gas ban will be

introduced in second half of 2024.

•Fuel security study to start later

in 2024.

•Final decision on lines revenue caps

due in November 2024.

•New charges come into effect on

1 April 2025.

•Select Committee due to report back

on Fast Track Approvals Bill in

September. We expect Bill to pass by

the end of 2024.

•Second RMA Amendment Bill to be

introduced later in 2024.

•Work on NPS-Reg ongoing.

1

Draft revenue limits and quality standards for electricity lines companies for 2025-2030, Commerce Commission New Zealand, May 2024.

15
Financial results

and outlook

16
Key themes from the financial results

Uplift in expected and normalised

EBITDAF; Outperformed FY24

guidance; Expecting $770m in FY25

1

Non-cash accounting topics:

Net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision

of $12m within EBITDAF; Write-offs $50m outside

EBITDAF (peaker, Tauhara, software upgrades)


Cash conversion elevated by high

thermal generation and

capitalisation of Tauhara interest

Accelerated domestic gas decline

leading to more expensive risk

management products

Shift in national fuel mix leading

to more pronounced

summer / winter pricing

1

Normalised and expected.

Higher near-term pricing is a

feature of the energy transition,

enabling investment in

innovative technologies

17
113

63

61

460

--11

5

19

--23

--24

-12

675

573

663

+90

127

235

84

90

26-31

3

-50

-19

-5

211

230

+19

Profit ($m)

Excluding the onerous contract provision, EBITDAF up $90m (underlying) largely reflecting the better

alignment of long-term channel prices to wholesale market prices

Profit of $230m for FY24

EBITDAF ($m)

Increase in

thermal

efficiency due

to closure of

Te Rapa and

high proportion

of TCC

generation

Wholesale

prices saw

higher realised

C&I, CFD and

merchant sales

Renewables

down 88 GWh

due to a decrease

in hydro

generation

partially offset by

Tauhara

1

Fixed costs

higher due to

inflation impacts,

growth and

transmission

7531

FY24 results

FY23 profit

Net

interest

costs


EBITDAF

Depreciation

& Amortisation

Tax


Change in

FV of

financial

instruments

(outside

EBITDAF)

FY23 EBITDAF1. Renewables5. Gas, carbon and

acquired

generation price

7. Fixed

costs

FY24 EBITDAF2. Net

volume

Retail pricing

aligning to

higher energy

and pass-

through costs

2

Down largely

due to the gain

on sale from

Te Rapa in

FY23 and Te

Rapa steam

revenue

6

3. Market

channel

pricing

2

FY24 profit

Onerous contract provision before tax

Reported EBITDAF

Onerous contract provision after tax

Reported profit

4. Long-term

channel

pricing

6. Other

income

Sales volume

increase

~19% YoY,

but needed to

be backed

with thermal

fuel

4

1

Impact calculated at thermal SRMC.

2

Market channel pricing includes reduced $/MWh location losses.

Movements in profit and EBITDAF are shown on an underlying basis i.e. exclusive of the impacts of the onerous contract provision for AGS. Impacts of the onerous contract in FY23 are as follows, EBITDAF (-$113m), interest (-$3m), tax +$32m, NOPAT

(-$84m). Impacts of the onerous contract in FY24 are as follows, EBITDAF +$12m, interest (-$5m), tax (-$2m), NOPAT +$5m.

Asset

impairment

/ write-offs

18
Wholesale EBITDAF

1

(underlying, $m)

Retail EBITDAF ($m)

Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)

Business performance by segment

EBITDAF (underlying) up by $90m

Refer to slides 19 - 21

Refer to slide 22

632

746

186

235

66

FY23Generation

costs

(including

acquired

generation)

Total

contracted

revenue

Trading,

merchant

revenue

and losses

FY24

+114

-14

-32

FY23

1

Electricity

Volumes

62

87

Electricity

Prices

10

Other

products

2

5

OpexFY24

-18

Electricity gross margin

(-$24m)

Electricity

and network

cost inflation

Price recovery

2

Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.

FY24 results: Segmental performance

-44

-51

FY23

2

Inflation

(4 - 5%)

3

4

Strategy FY24


1

Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.

Underlying EBITDAF is shown excluding a net ($113) million onerous contract provision

expense for AGS in FY23 and a net movement in the onerous contract provision of $12m

in FY24.

3

Stats NZ CPI increase over the 12 months to June 2024

plus wage inflation.

19
Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)

Costs up on increased thermal and acquired generation volumes

FY23FY24

Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)

Generation costs

FY24 results: Wholesale business

Gas and diesel

Acquired

Thermal

Renewable

Gas storage

1

Carbon costs

Electricity and gas

transmission and levies

Other operating costs

Generation volumes


Hydro generation of 3,628GWh was down 291GWh (7.4%) on FY23

and below mean (3,900GWh) following a reasonably dry end to

1H24 (a very dry hydro sequence in the final quarter).


Geothermal volumes were up 203GWh on FY23 (6.4%). This

increase on last year was a result of Tauhara coming online in the

final quarter and a higher consented mass take from the Wairakei

field.


Variable rainfall sequences, largely concentrated in three distinct

periods, resulted in significant swings in hydro generation over FY24.

This meant long periods of dry conditions, particularly in 2H FY24,

and significantly higher thermal generation than the prior year.

Thermal generation of 1,620GWh was up 213% (1,103GWh) on

FY23. ​


Acquired generation was significantly higher than FY23 up 290% to

cover a delayed Tauhara completion date.

Costs


Renewable generation costs were up $17m (16%) on FY23 due to

higher geothermal generation and a marginally higher average

carbon price. Also greater allocation of indirect costs as portfolio mix

changes.


Thermal generation costs, were up $95m (77%) on significantly

increased thermal volumes and increased gas pricing as a result of

tightening supply (FY23: $7.9/GJ FY24: $8.5/GJ). However, thermal

efficiency increased on FY23 as a result of greater use of TCC due

to peaker outages and the sale of Te Rapa in FY23 (FY23:

11.8TJ/MWh, FY24: 8.1TJ/MWh).

3,185

3,388

3,919

3,628

517

1,620

585

150

FY23FY24

Acquired

Thermal

Hydro

Geothermal

7,772

9,220

105

114

109

32

126

34

123

50

218

113

18

26

93

62

26

27

18

93

7

Generation type Cost

type

5

Generation

type

Cost

type

257257

443443

+186

93%

Renewable % of

own generation

81%

$33.03/MWh

$48.02/MWh

1

Gas storage costs exclude the ($113m) onerous contract provision expense for AGS in FY23

and the net movement in the AGS provision of $12m in FY24.

Development

Acquired generation

costs

20
482

562

151

163

190

376

76

67

35

12

-11

FY23


11

3

-11

FY24

Other net income

Steam sales

Strategic fixed price sales

CFD sales

C&I net price

Retail segment sales

C&I channel

and decarbonisation

support costs

936

1,171

+235

3,787GWh

$148.3/MWh

Contracted

revenue ($m)

Diversified mix of long-term and ASX linked sales channels

2,573GWh

$146.3/MWh

+60GWh

+$18.8/MWh

+1,136GWh

+$14.3/MWh

•The closure of Te Rapa in June 2023 saw a significant decline in steam sales in FY24. the

remaining steam sales ($3.4m) reflect sales from geothermal operations.

•Strategic fixed price sales were 196GWh lower than FY23, reflecting marginally lower

volume under the NZAS support contract and the expiration of a long-term supply contract

with Fonterra. Prices of strategic fixed priced sales were up marginally on the prior period

($1.3/MWh). In FY25 Contact expects strategic fixed price sales pricing to increase

materially reflecting the recent long-term agreement with NZAS.

•With elevated starting hydro storage and in anticipation of Tauhara coming online, Contact

increased its FY24 contracted load. This took the form of short-dated CFD sales and some

additional C&I sales which would be backed by gas if required. CFD sales in FY24 were up

1,136GWh on FY23 and priced $14.3/MWh higher on average, reflecting elevated

wholesale spot and short-dated futures prices.

•In response to the delay in the Tauhara online date, and to manage its fuel position, Contact

acquired generation (see slide 19) which effectively backed out much of these additional

CFD and C&I sales.

•In 2H FY24 significant calls were made under the Swaption provided to Meridian, backed by

TCC. Contact was able to undertake tolling arrangements with other market participants at

mutually beneficial times in the year.

•Fixed price variable volume electricity sales to the Retail segment were 60 GWh higher than

FY23 (+$79m). Prices were up $18.8/MWh to $148.3/MWh, reflecting higher wholesale

prices over the three preceding years.

Wholesale contracted revenue

24

1,129GWh

$143.9.0/MWh

+30GWh

+$6.7/MWh

FY24 results: Wholesale business

1,219GWh

$55.2/MWh

-196GWh

+$1.3/MWh

Year-on-year

changes to

volume and price

FY24 volumes

and price

21
Trading EBITDAF ($m)Long / short position (GWh)

$178.4/MWh

4.8%

($8.5 / MWh)

9.0%

($7.4 / MWh)

•FY23 was characterised with abundant

hydrology, with low wholesale prices.

Contact reduced generation from more

expensive fuel sources leading to less

merchant generation over the year.

•FY24 conditions included:

‒Elevated wholesale spot prices.

‒Delay to Tauhara online and lower

hydro.

‒Calls made on the swaption to

Meridian, increasing sales.

‒This limited merchant generation to

513GWh (6%).

•LWAP / GWAP improved to 4.8% as dry

conditions over 2H FY24 reduced South

Island generation, improving South Island

prices relative to North Island prices.

Trading revenue

Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the

spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.

LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences

between where electricity is generated and purchased.

Wholesale trading and merchant revenue

$82.1MWh

Spot purchases and sell

CFD settlement

Spot sales and buy CFD

settlement

Merchant generation

91

-56

-73

8

FY23FY24

-48

18

513

93

7,600

-7,600

FY23

8,707

-8,707

FY24

93

513

FY24 results: Wholesale business

LWAP/

GWAP

losses

22
1

Retail business performance

EBITDAF ($m)

Managing through rising wholesale input costs while growing market share through a multi-product strategy

Revenue & Tariff

1

($m)

FY23FY24Variance

$m$mTariff¹$mTariff

Electricity revenue

9371,0182878117

Gas revenue

90964065

Telco revenue

668272162

Other income

9101

Total revenue

1,1021,206104

Contract Asset (closing)

43(1)

# of connections (closing)

2

584k621k

Cost to serve/connection

3


$120$123

1

Tariff is $/MWh for electricity, $/GJ for gas and $ per month per customer connection for Telco.

2

Retail connections only, excludes Simply Energy.

3

Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections.

6

10

32

8

9

17

9

7

-69

-74

FY23FY24

-14

-32

Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods

(Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco)

4

Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP.

FY24 results: Retail business

Other

Gas GM

Electricity GM

Telco GM

Other operating

expenses

Retail margins have contracted, driven by sustained high wholesale

prices and rising distribution costs.

•Retail EBITDAF decreased by $18m on FY23 largely driven by the

$87m increase in electricity input costs that were not fully passed

through to customers.

The average retail electricity tariff increased by 6.5% reflecting

targeted retail price rises to partially offset rising wholesale and lines

cost increases.

•Around 91% of customers received a price increase in the last 12

months.

As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is

expected to remain, including:

•Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.

5

•Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.

This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay over

the coming years.

Connections grew strongly in 2H24 particularly through telco and Time

of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on multi-product

customers.

•Total connections +37k on FY23with telco up 23k and energy

up 14k.

•Multi-product customers up 12% on FY23, driven by strong telco

product attachment (including successful launch of new mobile

product option) alongside ToU Good plans growth.

Cost to serve – increased by $3/connection, largely driven by mobile

product launch marketing spend, wage inflation and higher bad debt.

This was partially offset by productivity improvements through

continued growth in digitised interactions.

70k

86k

428k

FY23

73k

109k

439k

FY24

Gas

Telco

Electricity

584k

621k

Closing connections (k)

5

The Commerce Commission indicated that the transmission and distribution

component of a household’s electricity bill will increase on average, by $15

per month from 1 April 2025, for affected networks.

Electricity

transfer price

4

$129/MWh$148/MWh

Networks,

meters and

levies

4

$113/MWh$118/MWh

23
Other operating

cost movement

($m)

Base

movement

Non-recurring

•FY23 one-off impacts represent strategic execution set up costs, Contact’s

share of BCG industry report, cost of retaining Te Rapa employees until plant

closure and cyclone recovery costs incurred atWhirinaki and Geothermal

sites. This has been offset by FY24 costs relating to tail of cyclone recovery

costs and one-time spend linked to the evaluation of our Contact26 strategy.

Base movement

•General inflation of 4-5% impacting operating costs, including labour cost,

rates and insurance inflation.

•Headwinds include increased level of customer bad debts and increased

hosting and licence costs associated with our software platforms.

•Increased expenditure is offset by productivity improvement in our Retail

Business and reduction of costs associated with Te Rapa due to its closure.

Growth and sustainability

•$1m incremental investment related to retail connection growth.

•$2m investment in advertising associated with launching Contact Mobile.

•$1m increases associated with Tauhara opex, specifically in relation to rates.

•$4m operating costs to deliver on strategic growth priorities including;

•Sustainability and furthering ESG outcomes;

•Procurement; and

•Increase in corporate functions to support growth activity.

•$1m costs associated with additional uptake of Contact’s updated paid

parental policy “Grow your Whanau” and Women’s Refuge sponsorship.

Operating costs rise due to inflationary

adjustments and non-recurring expenses

Base savings

General cost inflation

Invest in

growth and

sustainability

FY24 results: Operating costs

Headwinds

FY23 One-off Impacts

FY24 One-off Impacts

3

5

8

5

4

11

FY23Non-recurringBase movementGrowth &

Sustainability

FY24

233

2

10

253

Non-recurring

24
•Higher underlying EBITDAF as outlined on slide 17.

•Delta in working capital changes of $86m between FY24 vs FY23. This relates to usage of gas

inventory with higher thermal generation and higher net carbon liability. This is relative to FY23

where gas inventory and carbon balances increased on lower thermal generation.

•Tax paid is down $8m on lower July wash up payments vs FY23.

•Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) remains relatively consistent with a decrease of $3m.

In year spend includes additional spend on emergency repairs at Wairakei and spare Peaker

engine damaged in FY24.

12 months

ended

30 June 2024

12 months

ended

30 June 2023

Comparison

against FY23

EBITDAF (underlying)$663m$573m↑$90m

Working capital changes$31m($55m)↑$86m

Tax paid($97m)($105m)↑$8m

Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($21m)($25m)↑$4m

SIB capital expenditure($110m)($113m)↑$3m

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF$4m$7m↓($3m)

Operating free cash flow$470m$282m↑$188m

Operating free cash flow per share59.8 c36.0 c↑23.8 c

Cash conversion (OpFCF / EBITDAF)71%49%↑22%

Return on invested capital (ROIC)

Cash conversion for FY24 up following strong EBITDAF, positive working capital changes and lower tax paid

Cash flow and capital expenditure

Sources and uses of cash ($m)

FY24 results: Cash flow

16414620017496

NOPAT - $m

1

NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year).

Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of; net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50m) + non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-

current derivatives).

2

ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average).

3

Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY)

354

275

89

2

470

1

27

Sources

6

470

10

Uses

852852

Cash Movement

Debt drawdown

OpFCF

DRP

Sale of asset

Strategic investments / acquisitions

Growth investment

Dividends paid

Realised losses on market derivatives

0

1

2

3

4

2.4%

3.6%

3.7%

3.7%

3.3%

3.7%

ROIC (average)

2

ROIC (FY)

3

4,836

4,575

4,482

4,518

4,874

5,349

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

251

Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)

1

Average IC

($m)

25
Growth capital expenditure

FY24 results: Growth capital expenditure

Step-up in growth capital expenditure in FY24 reflects the advancing nature of Contact’s renewable

development projects

•The Tauhara geothermal station has been generating since May 2024. Final

commissioning activity is underway and further modification work is planned for the

first statutory outage in October 2025. Tauhara remained within Capital Work In

Progress as at 30 June 2024 as final EPC testing was incomplete.

•Construction of Te Huka 3 is near complete and commissioning is underway. Plant is

expected online in Q4 2024. The remaining growth capex is expected to fall in FY25.

•Remaining spend on Te Mihi Stage 2&3 (previously GeoFuture) and wind projects

reflects current pre-FID approval levels and will be updated after final investment

decisions, as applicable.

•Investment in a 100MW grid-scale battery (BESS) at Glenbrook was confirmed in

May 2024. The project is expected to be completed in FY26 with growth capex falling

across both FY25 and FY26.

•For major growth projects Contact capitalises interest from the time of final

investment decision (FID) or significant pre-FID works through to commissioning, on

a rate that reflects the average portfolio interest rate.

•Investment in Kōwhai Park solar was confirmed in August 2024. Contact’s investment

will not be captured within growth capex, rather it will be recognised within investment

in joint ventures and associates.

Growth capital expenditure – cash basis ($m)

1

Up to

30 June 2023

12 months ended

30 June 2024

Remaining under

current

approvals

Total

2

Tauhara$714m$138m$72m$924m

Te Huka 3$110m$136m$54m$300m

Te Mihi Stage 2&3$12m$98m$34m$144m

Wind$5m$8m$2m$15m

Glenbrook battery$0m$5m$158m$163m

Capitalised

interest

$99m$74m$18m

3

$191m

Total$940m$459m$338m$1,737m

1

Excludes $11m associated with Western Energy coil tube drilling and deployment of demand flex technology.

2

Total under current Board approvals. Tauhara includes performance payment to the EPC contractor as a result of bringing the plant online earlier than scheduled.

3

Relates to Te Huka 3 geothermal development (FY25 only) and Glenbrook battery development (life of project).

26
•A Green Australian Medium Term Note (AMTN) was

issued during the year. This was partly to refinance a

maturing tranche of USPP in December 2023, but also

provided additional funding for the ongoing capital

investment programme.

•During the year Contact’s hydropower assets gained

green certification from the Climate Bonds Initiative

(CBI).

‒To gain this certification, international experts

were brought on-site to undertake a Hydropower

Sustainability Assessment and assess Contact’s

ESG performance, benchmarking the hydro

schemes against best international practice.

‒This certification has increased Contacts green

borrowing programme by $1.7bn.

‒Contact received silver certification from the

International Hydropower Association.

•Contact’s planning aligns with maintaining its investment

grade credit rating. This requires net debt to EBITDAF to

remain below 3.0x over a sustained period. Point

estimate net debt to EBITDAF is currently 2.7x and

Contact’s EBITDAF outlook, DRP and capacity for

additional hybrid bonds provide the ability to manage

this metric effectively.

Contact’s sustainable finance principles are built on diversified sources of funding

Closing net debt ($m)

Face value of borrowings less cash

Interest rate (%)

Weighted average gross interest

2

on average borrowings

Net debt to EBITDAF (x)

Includes S&P adjustments (prior to FY20, AGS was treated as a lease)

3

Borrowing maturities ($m)

Average tenor of 5.9 years as at 30 June 2024

Strong balance sheet

1

Includes $87m of collateral held on deposit for margin calls associated with the trading of electricity price derivatives on the ASX.

2

Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.

3

Illustrated here on a point basis based on expected S&P adjustments. FY21 and FY22 have been restated based on latest understanding of S&P approach. See breakdown on slide 54.

990

1,036

774

1,025

1,474

1,834

-229

25

-47

FY19

22

-44

FY20

21

-150

FY21

25

-168

FY22

49

-140

FY23

47

FY24

1

968

1,014

645

882

1,383

1,652

Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand

67

434

225

100

135

350

300

150

250

350

7

FY25

7

FY26

7

FY27

22

4

FY28FY29FY30FY31FY52

107

292

357

625

367

Undrawn bank facilities

Domestic bonds

USPP

NEXI

Capital bonds

AMTN

2.3

2.4

1.4

1.8

2.6

2.7

FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

1,224

1,029

974

892

1,310

1,727

5.3%

FY19

5.2%

FY20

5.2%

FY21

5.4%

FY22

5.8%

FY23

6.1%

FY24

Average gross interestAverage gross debt

FY24 results: Key balance sheet metrics

27
Dividend for FY24 of 37 cents per share

•Final dividend of 23 cents per share is imputed up to 91% or 21 cents per share for qualifying shareholders. This

represents a pay-out of 62% of FY24 operating free cash flow per share and 92% of the average operating free cash

flow over the preceding 4 financial years (FY20-FY23).

•The dividend policy is to pay-out between 80-100% of average operating free cash flow of the preceding four years.

•Record date of 28 August 2024; payment date of 27 September 2024.

•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on 5 September 2024.

Dividend per share for FY24 is up 6%

Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)

•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they will

remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their participation level.

•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY24 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or suspend the

plan at any time.

•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 29 August 2024 to confirm participation in the plan.

•Trading period for setting price for the DRP is 27 August 2024 to 2 September 2024. DRP strike price will be

announced: 3 September 2024.

Ordinary dividends ($m)

Declared

Final dividend

Interim dividend

% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow

3939

35

35

37

73%

83%

97%62%

Operating free cash flow

Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years

Dividend policy range: 80-100% of average operating free cash flow

for the preceding four years

325

260

FY20

309

247

FY21

326

261

FY22

333

266

83%

FY23

318

256

92%

FY24

363

291

85%

FY25

290371

330

➢Annual operating

free cash flow

100%

80%

Dividend level

as a % of preceeding

4yr operating fcf

165

163163

164

182

115

109109

109

110

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

280

272272

273

292

cps

97%

282470

1

This calculation is based on the expected ordinary dividend of 39 cps.

2

All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policy and are dependent on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.

Dividend expectations

•Contact has indicated that it expects to lift the FY25 interim dividend by 2cps to 16cps, with total expected dividends

in FY25 of 39cps (up 11% on FY23). While it undertakes the Te Mihi Stage 2 development (the first stage of Wairakei

geothermal station replacement capex) additional increases to dividend per share are not currently anticipated.

2

•On this basis, dividends in FY25-FY27 are expected to be imputed up to ~65%.

•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.

Reflects 92% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years

1

28
Uplift in Contact’s expected FY25 EBITDAF to be driven

by the realisation of growth investment

164

44

600

FY24 EBITDAF

(normalised

and expected)

Renewable

generation

changes

Long-term

channel price

19

Market

channel price

-32

Gas, carbon

and risk

management

costs

-19

Net volume

impact

-5

Other

operating costs

and income

770

FY25 EBITDAF

(normalised

and expected)

+170

¹ See slide 40 for assumptions underpinning FY24 normalised and expected earnings.

Normalised and expected EBITDAF ($ million)

1

FY25 normalised and expected EBITDAF includes generation from Tauhara and Te Huka 3 which together

represent $1.2bn of investment in renewable generation

480

520

550

600

553

546

573

663

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Actual result delivered

Guidance (at beginning of the year)

Guidance vs Actual

Like-for-like increase of $170m (28%) on year-on-year guidance

Strong track record of delivering

performance above guidance

(Guidance reflects normalised and expected EBITDAF

based on mean hydrology conditions)

Normalised and expected EBITDAF is based on mean hydrology conditions

Start to FY25 has been characterised by low hydro inflows and high wholesale prices. These conditions have a partially offsetting

impact on earnings (resulting in above or below normalised expected performance).

Of note, July 2024 EBITDAF was $9m below normalised and mean expected.

29
Guiding principles

Invest to deliver value accretive growth

•Returns improved through prioritisation of non-equity funding.

•Projects ranked considering returns available and overall portfolio implications.

Optimise existing operations and manage risk

•Reduce carbon exposure.

•Manage market volatility during the thermal transition.

•Disciplined approach to sustaining capital spend.

•Strong operating cash flow.

Our commitments

Continue to attract capital

•Deliver competitive shareholder returns including dividend commitment.

•Balance sheet strength.

Efficient deployment of stay-

in-business Capex

Higher SIB capex over next three years reflects

higher risk associated with the wholesale

market environment and includes (FY25-FY27):

➢BAU SIB capex $75m-$85m p.a.

1


➢Accelerated SIB capex programme $48m.

2

➢Wairakei extension ~$25-35m (indicative).

3

1

Reliable ordinary dividends

that increase in line with

growth in cash flow

Pay-out ratio of 80-100% of average

operating free cash-flow over the preceding

4 years.

➢92% in FY24 (37cps dividend declared).

2

Allocate capital to strategic

priorities, with an ability to scale

down in downside scenarios

Total growth cash capex of

$1.4-$1.5bn over FY23-25.

4

3

Investment grade credit metrics

through the cycle

Target BBB <3x net debt to EBITDAF.

If temporarily above, always have

clear plan to restore metrics.

4

What this means

Recap: Capital allocation framework

GeothermalWindSolarBatteryHydro

Target returns9-11%8-10%10-12%8-9%8-9%

Returns on

projects at or

nearing FID

>10%tbc>12%9-10%tbc

Considering supportive post-NZAS market conditions,

current market risks around fuel availability and a broad range

of attractive projects, we will prioritise investments to

grow shareholder value and distributions

1

Includes ~$10m p.a. of provisions. Excludes geothermal well drilling which may be required within the period.

2

Reflects planned spend in the next 3 years relating to the $150m accelerated SIB capex programme announced to the market in 2021.

3


Current indicative range of SIB capex to be incurred in FY26-27 for Wairakei extension activity. To be confirmed at FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.

4

Excludes project spend that has not yet proceeded to final investment decision.

30
Progress on

Strategy

31
Our strategy to lead NZ’s decarbonisation

Enablers

Transformative ways of working:

create a flexible and high-performing

environment for New Zealand’s top talent

Outcomes

Growth

Pivot our business to a new growth era that

captures the value unlocked by decarbonisation

Resilience

Deliver sustainable shareholder returns,

aligned with our ESG commitment

Performance

Realise a step-change in performance, materially

growing EBITDAF through strategic investments

Strategic

theme

Objective

Grow

demand

Attract new industrial demand with

globally competitive renewables

Grow renewable

development

Build renewable generation and

flexibility on the back of new demand

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Lead an orderly transition

to renewables

Create outstanding

customer experiences

Create NZ's leading energy and services

brand to meet more of our customers’ needs

Operational excellence:

continuously improving our operations

through innovation and digitisation

ESG: create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of environmental,

social and governance factors

32
Contact is preparing for further investment

in renewable generation and storage

Geothermal generation potential (TWh p.a.)

1

Includes mean geothermal generation (existing stations) plus Tauhara volume based on 135MW currently online. Also includes ~50GWh uplift already delivered on Wairakei field (see note 6).

2

Represents uplift in Tauhara output expected from completion of final commissioning activity in 2024 (0.1TWh) and the first planned outage in October 2025 (0.2TWh)

3

For projects included in the “land access secured” category, indicative output is shown based on early estimates of capacity per hectare and assumed capacity factors of ~40% for wind and 20-25% for solar.

4

Consent already received for 100MW grid-scale battery at Stratford.

5

All uncommitted investments are subject to Board investment decisions. The Tauhara, Te Huka 3, Roxburgh, Kōwhai Park and Glenbrook battery investments have been committed to.

6

In FY24 Contact operationalised the higher consented fluid take at the Wairakei field (5kt per day) translating to a ~50GWh p.a. uplift in average geothermal generation (before new developments online) applying a ~30MWh/kt efficiency factor.

7

45GWh p.a. uplift is based on mean hydrology conditions.

Wind and solar options under development (TWh p.a.)

3

Land access secured

Consenting underway

Under construction

4TWh

Wind

2TWh

Solar

Key updates (including grid-scale batteries)

•Kōwhai Park solar (0.3TWh) and Glenbrook battery

(100MW) now under construction.

•Stratford battery (100MW) consented.

•Consenting underway includes:

‒Glorit solar (0.3TWh).

‒Stratford solar (0.3TWh).

‒Southland Wind (0.9-1.2TWh).

•Earliest expected FID for these projects is FY26.

•Contact is investigating the potential to include

additional battery capacity within the Glorit and

Stratford solar consenting processes.

4

•Expected FID and online dates depend on

supportive market conditions and funding

arrangements.

20242025

2026

2027>2028

>2028

Calendar year

Tauhara

(1.1TWh)

Te Huka 3

(0.4TWh)

Te Mihi

Stage 2

(0.8TWh)

Roxburgh

(45GWh

7

uplift)

Tauhara 2

Te Mihi Stage 3

(up to 1TWh)

Remaining capacity

(consented) net of full

Wairakei closure

Wairakei

Partial

closure

(-0.8TWh)

Kōwhai Park

(Solar)

(0.3TWh)

Battery

(100MW)

Tauhara

(0.2TWh

uplift)

Planned Geothermal plus other renewables under construction

5

Expected generation (indicative):

Wairakei

(~50GWh

6

uplift)

Current

generation

(mean)

1

0.3

Tauhara uplift

2

0.4

Te Huka 3Current +

under

construction

0.3

Te Mihi 2&3

(uplift

remaining net

of Wairakei

retirement)

0.7

Tauhara

(remaining)

Potential

under current

consents

4.4

5.2

6.3

+1.8

Under constructionRemaining consented

(up to)

Tauhara

(0.1TWh

uplift)

33
Phased development plans for Wairakei geothermal

Ohaaki

Tauhara

Te Huka

Te Mihi

Stages 2&3

Wairakei

A/B/binary

Te Mihi

Poihipi

Current generating assets on the Wairakei steamfield

include Wairakei A/B/binary, Poihipi and Te Mihi

Wairakei geothermal resource

consented to 2058

Project

Scale

Technology

Plans for

Wairakei

A/B/binary

Development

approach

Single build

GeoFuture

Up to 200MW

Binary or Steam Turbine

Closure CY2026

Phased build

Te Mihi Stage 2

Around 100MW

Binary (2 units)

Full extension of Wairakei A/B/binary to mid CY2027

+

Extension of 30MW steam turbine + 7MW binary to mid CY2031

Te Mihi Stage 3

Around 100MW

Binary (2 units)

Project

Scale

Technology

Indicative plans

for Wairakei

A/B/binary

Development

approach

FromTo

New builds and extensions remain subject to Board final investment decisions

Not proceeding

Target online

2H CY2026Mid CY2027Mid CY2031

Target online

Te Mihi Stage 2 – Key metrics

Wairakei geothermal station extension – Indicative costs

Extension

works

(indicative)

Full extension of Wairakei

A/B/binary to mid CY2027

Extension of 30MW steam turbine

+ 7MW binary unit to mid CY2031

Indicative SIB capex

(FY26- FY27)

$25-35m

•Costs associated with the 1-year extension of the full Wairakei geothermal station reflect maintenance costs, those

associated with statutory recertification, and final steps to comply with June 2026 consent conditions (consented to

operate to mid CY2031).

•Working case assumes the extension of 1 steam turbine and 1 binary unit with identical standby units (steam and

binary) maintained on reserve shutdown. This allows for increased reliability with 24 hour return to service capability.

•Costs to be confirmed at the same time as Te Mihi Stage 2 FID (Q4 CY2024).

•Total cash cost of extensions (SIB capex, opex) FY26-FY31 of $30-35/MWh based on the Wairakei station indicative

output profile on slide 34.

Estimated forward

capital expenditure

1

1

Excludes capitalised interest and sunk costs. Contact is assessing the allocation between Te Mihi Stage 2 and 3 of the $114m sunk costs (approved prior to May 2024) and this will be confirmed at FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.

Estimated MW

(net export to grid)

Estimated plant

capacity factor

Production / injection

capacity secured

~$600-700m

~100MW

95%

100%

Contact remains committed to the long-term development of the Wairakei geothermal field

Schedule (final

investment decision)

Q4 CY2024

Estimated annual

output

~0.8TWh p.a.

34
Contact plans to deliver 0.4TWh p.a. total

uplift in Wairakei field output

Indicative output on the Wairakei field (Wairakei geothermal station, Te Mihi, Poihipi)

(Subject to revisions and will be confirmed at final investment decision on Te Mihi Stage 2)

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.30.3

0.8

0.8

0.8

0.8

0.8

1.4

1.4

1.3

1.4

1.4

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.8

1.0

1.1

1.1

1.0

0.8

1.4

1.3

1.4

1.4

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.3

1.3

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

0.5

FY19-23

average

FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28FY29FY30FY31FY32

2.7

2.8

2.7

2.7

2.5

2.8

2.7

2.8

2.8

3.1

0.1

+0.4

Wairakei geothermal station (existing)Te MihiPoihipi RoadTe Mihi Stage 2Te Mihi Stage 3

TWh

Does not account for potential outages

associated with Te Mihi Stage 3 tie-in work

Outages included to complete Wairakei station extension

works, to be confirmed with Te Mihi Stage 2 FID

Four-yearly statutory outage at Te Mihi will be utilised to

complete tie-in works for Te Mihi Stage 2 (~150 GWh impact)

Total field uplift of 0.4TWh p.a. is expected to be achieved in FY32 with Te Mihi Stage 3 online (compared to historic average).

Contact has already delivered ~50GWh of this benefit from its revised resource consent.

~50GWh uplift from

revised resource consent

1

1

In FY24 Contact operationalised the higher consented fluid take at the Wairakei field (5kt per day) translating to a ~50GWh p.a. uplift in average geothermal generation (before new developments online). This is based

on full utlisation of the additional consented fluid at an efficiency rate of ~30MWh/kt.

35
Impacts of the energy transition in New Zealand

are starting to become clearer

Theme

Characteristics

Observable impacts

Domestic natural gas

production in decline

Thermal power stations

closing as more intermittent

renewables come online

High level of activity to

advance renewable

electricity builds

•Ageing natural gas fields with limited

forward plans for further investment.

•Drilling / maintenance on major

domestic fields unsuccessful.

•Overall trend of output decline.

•Scarcity of new long-term gas

contracts (and at elevated prices).

•Spot gas trading at over $35/GJ.

•Higher reliance on coal for electricity

generation.

•Stored gas and coal depleted.

•More intermittent renewable

generation entering the market,

leading to increased price volatility.

•High-cost baseload gas generation

no longer aligns to market needs.

•Thermal power stations closing.

•High fixed costs associated with

running thermal plant need to be

recovered on lower volume.

•Wholesale electricity prices

materially higher when thermal

generation is required.

•High volume of proposed renewable

developments putting pressure on

consenting bodies.

•Constrained contracting market.

•Generators and independent

developers competing for quality

resource e.g. land / sites.

•Backlog in consenting processes.

•Cost escalation on domestic

construction and productive

resource.

•Expected returns on Contact’s

projects at or nearing FID remain

above targets.

1

1

See slide 29.

36
Market changes indicate a value shift to flexibility,

impacting future investment prioritisation

Contact’s view of expected long-run wholesale

electricity prices supports the firmed long-run

cost of new renewables (annual average $115 -

125/MWh)

1.

Observed construction costs for new

renewables have continued to rise.

113

123

142

223

SummerSummerWinterWinter

+10

+80

Historical spot price at OTA

CY2017 – CY2023 ($/MWh)

3

ASX Future prices at OTA

CY2027 ($/MWh)

4

Long-run wholesale

electricity prices

above historic

Winter Summer Price

Separation Widening

Value shift to

flexibility

LRMC of renewables

($MWh 2024 Real)

2


“ Flexibility in supply and demand becomes the

‘secret sauce’ ........as the system shifts towards

renewable supply.”

Market Development Advisory Group

While average prices reflect long-run

economics, ASX Futures illustrate winter

prices rising by substantially more than

summer prices.This reflects the requirement

to recover thermal system fuel costs and the

expected increase in must-run renewables

within the market.

We expect value to shift from intermittent

renewable generation to the owners of

flexible, renewable storage.

85100

105

90

Long run price

expectation

$120/MWh

Firming margin

Grid

scale

batteries

Demand

response

Biomass

Hydro

operating

ranges

Pumped

hydro

Sources

of new

renewable

flexibility

1

As indicated in November 2022, updated for inflation and includes update to reflect higher cost of capital. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.

2

Based on announced capex and financing structures on the most recent projects for wind (Kaiwera Downs 2) and solar (Kōwhai Park) and discount rates tied to broker WACC estimates for the industry of 7-9%.

3

EMI daily simple average spot price data from 1/10/16 – 31/12/23. Winter is defined here as 1 Oct – 31 March, Summer is defined as 1 April – 30 Sept.

4

ASX futures prices as at 5 August 2024

37
Our operational plan

FY25

Achieve FID for CO

2

commercialisation.

Te Huka 3 online Q4 CY2024.

Glenbrook Battery (BESS) on-track for

online Q1 CY2026.

Kōwhai Park Solar on track for online for

Q2 CY2026.

Close TCC (Taranaki Combined Cycle) gas

generation plant. Expected to close

December 2024.

Multi-product customers >148k (up from 140k).

Cost to serve <$123/connection.

Grow renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

Strategic theme

Grow

Demand

Achieve FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.

Lodge consent for Stratford Solar.

Achieve consent on Glorit Solar.

Achieve consent on Southland Wind.

New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >120MW.

1

Add 15MW of contracted flexible demand.

2

Sustained New Zealand leadership

position in the Asia Pacific DJSI.

Targeting electricity net price up 2-3%.

Scale Hot Water Sorter programme

3


to >20k homes (up from ~5k).

What you can expect in the next 12 months

1

Cumulative measure (~105MW at 30 June 2024).

2

Up from 173MW contracted at 30 June 2024.

3

Residential Demand Flex.

38
Questions

39
Supporting

materials

40
Normalised and expected FY25 EBITDAF

Assumes mean hydrology conditions

Strategic fixed price1,900GWh$80/MWh$152m

CFDs1,770GWh$154/MWh$273m

C&I1,300GWh$150/MWh$195m

Retail3,800GWh$154/MWh$585m

Other income³$47m

$1,252m

Hydro mean3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m

Geothermal average4,620GWh$4/MWh-$19m

Thermal350GWh$130/MWh⁴-$46m

Acquired350GWh$215/MWh-$75m

-$139m

Length⁵$86mTransmission/Storage-$71m

Location losses⁶-$85mOperating expenses-$272m

Total$1mTotal-$343m

1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)

2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh

ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS

3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income

4.Gas price of $8.20/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10GJ/MWh)

5.Length of 450GWh p.a. assumed

6.Locational losses of 5.1% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a

wholesale price of $190/MWh

* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.

** Retail volume contracted competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.

1,460

310

Channel choices maximise

long term value¹

1

Net price² driven by

best commercial practices

2

x

=

FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY25

Fuel cost

Net Revenue

Trading

Fixed costs

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel* drives

financials & risk position

Total

Trading delivers value to more

than offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

1,070

230

3,800

1,900

CFDs

C&I

Retail

Strategic fixed

$154/

MWh

$150/

MWh

$154/

MWh**

ContractedUncontracted

1,252

-139

-343

1

770

x

Jul-24Sep-24Jan-25Mar-25Nov-24May-25Jul-25

320

311

311

299

240

222

211

190

204

184

158

135

218

178

218

181

218218

184184

245

203

245

203

245

203

244

200

ASX Futures $/MWh

monthly contracts

At 5 July 2024

$80/

MWh

OTA

BEN

Note, all figures are subject to rounding.

41
Guidance below EBITDAF

FY24 guidanceFY24 resultFY25 guidanceCommentary

Stay in Business Capex

$120-130m

1

$110m$115m - $125m

Stay in business accelerated programme

(cash)

$55m - $60m$39m~$40m

As at the end of FY24 we had spent $104m out of the $150m accelerated stay in

business capex programme.

Stay in business capital expenditure (cash)

BAU

$65m - $70m$71m$75m-$85m

Includes $10m of provisions related to consent obligations and decommissioning

activity.

Growth capital expenditure (cash)

2

$400m - $500m$470m$450m - $550mGrowth capital for Tauhara, Te Huka, GeoFuture, Wind and Battery projects.

Depreciation and amortisation

$250m - $260m$255m$275m - $285m

Reflects useful life changes on thermal and geothermal assets as well as

introduction of Tauhara and Te Huka unit 3.

Net interest (accounting)

$45m - $55m$40m$115m - $125m

Reduction in capitalisation of interest with Tauhara commissioning. Higher interest

rate environment and increased borrowings.

Cash interest (in operating cash flow)

$27m - $37m$21m$95m - $105m

Cash taxation

$95m – $105m$97m$110m - $120m

FY25 provisional payments based on FY23 results and higher final tax payment

relating to FY24.

Realised (gains) / losses on market derivates

not in a hedge relationship

$10m - $15m$3m$10m - $15mIncluding (gains) / losses on ASX market making.

Corporate costs

$52m$51m$52m

Inflation impacts in FY25 see corporate costs expected to be steady, noting that

FY24 included one-off impacts for consultant spend.

Target ordinary dividend per share

Minimum 35 cps37 cps39 cps

Payout in line with dividend policy and reflecting Tauhara and Te Huka 3 online

and new long-term NZAS deal reached in 2024.

1

FY24 guidance range is gross i.e. before the netting of insurance proceeds of $15m.

2

Growth capital expenditure includes capitalised interest.

42
Strategic fixed price1,150GWh$50/MWh $58m

CFDs2,500GWh$140/MWh$350m

C&I1,250GWh$145/MWh$181m

Retail3,700GWh$144/MWh$533m

Other income³$38m

$1,159m

Hydro3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m

Geothermal3,250GWh$5/MWh-$16m

Thermal⁴1,800GWh$120/MWh-$216m

Acquired0GWh$0/MWh-$0m

-$232m

Length⁵$53mTransmission/Storage-$70m

Location losses⁶-$52mOperating expenses-$258m

Total$1mTotal-$328m

FY24 assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF of $600m over a financial year

EBITDAF guidance reconciliation to actual FY24

Hydrology & Asset

availability optimise generation

3

4

Total

x

=

Access to and price of fuel* drives

financials & risk position

Increased market channel price

Normalised & Expected

Lower renewables

Other income

Actual FY24 (underlying)

Renewable generation below mean (-134GWh).

Impact calculated at expected thermal SRMC

Channel choices maximise

long term value¹

1

Net price² driven by

best commercial practices

2

Total

x

=

Trading delivers value to more

than offset locational losses

5

Digitalisation & continuous

improvement optimise fixed costs

6

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

=

=

=

=

=

=

=

1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)

2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through

costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh

3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income

4.Gas price of $9.50/GJ, carbon price of $70/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (9.5GJ/MWh)

5.Length of 350GWh assumed

6.Locational losses of 4.3% on spot purchases and settlement

of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $139/MWh

Fixed costs

Received $10m ‘loss and

constraint excess’ (LCE)

rebates

27

9

15

-16

12

3

13

600

663

Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions

FY24 results

With reconciliation to actual performance

x

Increased long–term channel price

Retail net price of $150/MWh higher than

full year expectation

Higher than expected CFD price partially

offset by higher $/MWh location losses

Gas, carbon, acquired generation price

Gas and carbon price as well as thermal

efficiency were favourable

Total sales volumes above expectations

Net volume impact

Risk management sales premiums and expected

losses from distressed gas sales not realised

43
43

48

57

76

53

852

1,069

1,023

939

1,269

-252

-258

-265

-291

-315

-46

-76

-85

-56

-74

-152

-230

-185

-94

-269

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

Electricity sales margin

Other gross margin

Fixed operating costs

Location losses

Variable fuel costs

446

553

546

573

663

Operating earnings (EBITDAF)

105

108

106

115

127

3.74

0.83

FY20

3.61

1.33

FY21

3.69

1.39

FY22

3.73

1.42

FY23

3.80

1.22

FY24

4.57

4.94

5.08

5.14

5.02

RetailLong-term sales

83

101

117

126

116

1.44

0.34

0.00

FY20

1.67

0.55

0.00

FY21

1.13

0.39

0.00

FY22

0.52

0.15

FY23

1.62

0.59

0.02

FY24

1.77

2.23

1.52

0.67

2.22

ThermalAcquiredDistributed generation

2

Electricity sales

Variable fuel costs

11111

3.75

3.33

FY20

3.70

3.11

FY21

3.94

3.28

FY22

3.92

3.19

FY23

3.63

3.39

FY24

7.08

6.81

7.22

7.10

7.02

HydroGeothermal

(i) Renewables

(ii) Thermal and acquired

87

131

133133

150

2.17

1.26

0.86

FY20

1.23

1.94

0.93

FY21

0.94

2.10

0.63

FY22

1.10

1.44

0.09

FY23

1.13

2.57

0.51

FY24

4.29

4.10

3.66

2.63

4.21

Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales

(i) Long-term channels

(ii) Market channels

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Price

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Fuel cost

($/MWh)

Volume

(TWh)

Integrated portfolio performance

Continuing operations ($m)

1

EBITDAF

1

2

1

2

1

Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. All EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113m) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23 and $12m net movement in the AGS provision in FY24.

Contact no longer reports impairments and write-downs within EBITDAF in order to better reflect underlying performance.

2

Distributed generation reflects electricity purchased from solar customers within the retail business.

96

118117121

137

8.858

9.040

8.739

7.772

9.232

Price ($/MWh)

Volume (TWh)

44
Greenhouse gas emissions

Carbon reporting

1

Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23.

IndicatorUnitTarget

FY20

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e

45% reduction of 2018

Scope 1 and 2

emissions by 2026

(Absolute emissions

reduction target)

920,403

1,044,744786,842526,621947,491

-Stationary combustiontC02e920,4031,044,537786,544526,282947,131

-Mobile combustiontC02e

270

178297307332

-Fugitive emissionstC02e42913228

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e

1,258

1,303

1,3991,957975

Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,443921,9351,046,047788,241528,579948,466

Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118317,384555,035394,784273,673265,034

-Category 1 – Purchased goods and servicestC02e

30% reduction of 2018

Scope 3 GHG

emissions from use of

sold products by 2026.

39,39716,699

6,3716,1976,522

-Category 2 – Capital goodstC02e18,05241,72657,87688,26679,185

-Category 3 – Fuel and energy

1

tC02e91,857330,207149,7431,0505,130

-Category 4 - Upstream distribution and transportationtC02e

14

27444108254

-Category 5 – WastetC02e1231491084758

-Category 6 – Business traveltC02e7192635671,2741,601

-Category 7 – Employee commutingtC02e606306832965927

-Category 11 – Use of sold productstC02e166,310165,259178,554175,603170,929

-Category 13 – Downstream leased assetstC02e306399289164429

Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,239,3191,601,0821,183,025802,2521,213,500

45
Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)

Generation and sales position

3,323

3,256

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

3,479

4,231

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

1,812

1,421

1,360

1,592

1,046

1,620

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22

439

FY23FY24

Thermal

generation

Hydro

generation

Geothermal

generation

8,614

8,908

8,445

8,404

8,269

7,543

8,636

Operational data

Renewable % of

own generation

sold to grid

79%84%

84%

81%

81%

87%94%

Geothermal generation (GWh)

Te Huka

Ōhaaki

Poihipi

Wairakei

Te Mihi

FY24 geothermal generation was 203 GWh higher than FY23 as a result of the increased

consented mass take from the Wairakei steam field and Tauhara coming online in late FY24.

1,372

1,382

1,415

1,240

1,386

1,380

1,062

991

1,045

1,081

1,055

998

1,405

411

388

335

339

331

308

1,064

280

310

340

299

322

323

274

316

203

198

FY18

186

FY19

198

FY20

155

FY21

189

FY22

176

FY23

127

FY24

Tauhara

3,323

3,257

3,333

3,114

3,283

3,185

3,388

Hydro generation (GWh)

An uncharacteristic El Niño weather pattern resulted in FY24 hydro inflow volumes 31% lower than FY23 and

the lowest seen since FY18. Further, inflows during the period were highly concentrated leading to spill, however

this was significantly lower than spill seen in FY23.

3,544

103

4,786

69

4,068

113

-28

4,276

-59

3,905

-50

5,450

3,745

-975

-1,606

-37

FY18

-148

FY19FY20

-275

FY21

-78

FY22

75

FY23

-230

FY24

3,479

4,231

3,752

3,698

3,940

3,919

3,628

Inflows stored include uncontrolled storage lakes

Inflows

Inflows

stored

Spill

Thermal generation (GWh)

1,071

1,013

871

1,126

673

164

1,395

528

207

291

234

179

148

223

211

195

195

213

190

125

3

90

FY18

5

83

FY19

3

79

FY20

18

81

FY21

4

81

FY22

2

78

FY23

1

FY24

1,903

1,503

1,439

1,673

1,127

517

1,620

Te Rapa

Spot

Whirinaki

Te Rapa

Direct

Peakers

TCC

FY24 thermal generation volumes were 1,102GWh higher than FY23 due to dry conditions in summer

2023 and winter 2024, as well as the delay to Tauhara online.

46
Plant and fuel performance

Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented (mT)

Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness

(MWh per kT extracted)

31.6

31.4

31.1

30.5

31.0

30.4

29.2

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

-4%

Geothermal fuel performance

Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2037788%26%871120104

FY2137789%34%1,126193217

FY2237784%20%673180121

FY2337785%5%16410718

FY2437782%42%1,395184257

Hydro

Geothermal

Stratford Peakers

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2078492%54%3,75290338

FY2178484%54%3,698167617

FY2278483%57%3,940121478

FY2378484%57%3,91974290

FY2478490%53%3,628164594

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2042595%89%3,33399330

FY2142589%84%3,114175546

FY2242597%91%3,284140458

FY23410

4

94%89%3,18680254

FY24586

4

94%89%3,388 177 601

Te Rapa (spot generation only)

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2020280%16%29116147

FY2120290%13%23423054

FY2220253%10%17921238

FY2320277%8%14820731

FY2420250%12%22317539

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY204198%51%19510621

FY214193%58%21317437

FY224195%54%19014528

FY234192%30%1259412

FY24

2

------

Plant availability

3

3

Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider plant deratings.

4

Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning of wells on the Wairakei steamfield. Increase in FY24 relates to Tauhara.

Net

capacity

(MW)

Availability

(%)

Capacity

factor

(%)

Electricity

output

(GWh)

Pool revenue

($/MWh)($m)

FY2015898%0%32931

FY2115894%0%184107.5

FY2215895%0%45972

FY2315882%0%24911.2

FY2415897%0%16871.1

Whirinaki

1

Percent change relates to the movement in geothermal mass extracted (mT) at Wairakei YoY.

2

Te Rapa was decommissioned at the end of the FY23.

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

0

100%

90

FY18

99%

88

FY19

100%

90

98%

87

FY21

100%

89

FY22

98%

89

FY23

100%

91

FY24FY20

+3%

1

% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted

47
Hawea storage (GWh)

Gas storage (PJ)

Closing storage

Closing storage (current)

Fuel storage movements

Source: NZX Hydro data

256

98

175

165

260

116

252

191

138

248

300

230

324

189

324

265

242

236

-406

-223

-239

-230

-332

-187

-325

-294

-288

2H201H212H211H222H221H232H231H242H24

Inflows

Opening storage

Releases

98

175

165

260

116

252

192

139

86

5.0

6.1

5.0

5.8

7.8

4.7

2.4

3.4

2.8

2.2

0.8

1.7

2.4

0.5

2.7

1.7

0.9

1.3

-1.1

-1.9

-0.9

-3.5

-0.7-0.7

-1.5

-2.5

-4.3

2H201H212H21

-0.4

1H222H221H232H231H242H24

Gas Injected

Gas Extracted

Opening Storage

6.1

5.0

5.8

7.8

4.7

2.4

3.4

2.8

1.6

Operational data

0

Transferred to

long-term storage

(PJ)

0

0

0

0

4

4

4

4

Long-term storage

1

1


Updated from previous reporting to 4.3PJ vs ~4 PJ. This change has been made to improve reporting of currently available

gas storage, there has been no material change in AGS total available storage capacity.

48
Contracted gas volumes (PJ)

Uses of gas (PJ)

Gas storage monthly injections and extractions (PJ)

Contracted and stored gas

Gas injectedGas extracted

8.1

3.4

0.9

2.6

4.6

5.4

4.5

6.1

1.7

1.4

2.0

5.3

7.4

5.9

6.0

2.3

5.5

5.2

3.6

CY20

-0.2

CY21CY22CY23

0.2

CY24

1

CY25

2

16.9

14.6

15.5

15.2

14.5

0.12

-0.28

Jul-

23

0.03

-0.61

Aug-

23

0.25

-0.28

Sep-

23

0.28

-0.16

Oct-

23

0.14

-0.06

Nov-

23

0.11

-0.14

Dec-

23

0.35

-0.21

Jan-

24

0.34

-0.28

Feb-

24

0.08

-0.81

Mar-

24

0.37

-0.25

Apr-

24

0.07

-0.46

May-

24

0.08

-0.53

Jun-

24

9.4

9.3

9.8

6.6

9.8

6.3

8.8

6.4

1.1

-0.7

-2.0

3.1

-2.0

-1.0

0.6

1.3

-8.2

-6.7

-4.4

-6.5

-3.3

-2.7

-6.7

-6.4

-1.7

-1.4

-1.6

-1.3

-1.6

-1.1

-1.4

-1.1

-1.6

-1.9

-2.7

-1.4

-1.3

-0.2

-0.5

1H21

-0.6

2H211H222H221H232H231H242H24

Net extraction

(injection)

Generation

Customer sales

Wholesale sales

Purchases

Short-term gas

Genesis

Swap

Maui

Pohokura

Operational data

1

CY24 reflects actual volumes and forecasts for the second half of the year.

2

CY25 reflects forecast volumes.

49
Contractual fuel position sufficient to

support expected FY25 sales position

Fuel position

Portfolio requirements for thermal generation (TWh)

Gas supply and demand FY25 (PJ)

3.5PJ

2

Hydro variation >>

1

Dry year reflects hydro generation in FY12 and wet year reflects hydro generation in FY15.

2

Assumes mix of TCC and peaker generation (portfolio heat rate (10GJ/MWh)).

3

This incorporates the lower bound of the range notified by our suppliers as disclosed to the market on 7 April 2024. Of note, if drilling results and well performance are lower than expected we could see a further reduction to this forecast.

GeothermalExpected

FY25

generation

Hydro in

“extreme

dry” year

1

"Extreme

dry" to

"mean"

year swing

Mean

thermal

required

Maximum

thermal

required

"Mean" to

"wet" year

swing

1

Minimum

thermal

required

Gas forecast

under contract

3


3.5

7.1

2.5

3.8

Mean Year

demand

FY25

Position

Mean Thermal

Retail

6.0

10.9

9.2

1.4

0.4

0.1

-4.6

-0.4

-2.9

-1.0

-0.3

Options in a dry year:

•Access to stored water

in Hawea.

•Access to gas in

Ahuroa Gas Storage

facility (AGS).

•Purchase spot gas or

short-term gas

tranches /

arrangements

•Stop selling

uncontracted electricity

•Acquire generation

from ASX

.

Acquired

generation

Short term gas

purchases

50
50

EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset

impairment and write-offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments.

EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of

Contact’s performance.

Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:

12 months ended

30 June 2024

12 months ended

30 June 2023

Variance on prior year

$m %

Underlying

1

ReportedUnderlying

1

Against underlying

Profit230235211199%

Depreciation and

amortisation

2552243114%

Change in fair value of

financial instruments

(8)18-26(144%)

Net interest expense354038-3(8%)

Tax expense101103821923%

Asset impairment / write-offs50-50nmf

2

EBITDAF6636755739016%

Movements in depreciation and amortisation, net interest, tax expense and asset impairment / write-offs are

explained on the right.

Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF

The adjustments from EBITDAF to reported profit and movements on FY23 are as

follows:

•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $31m due to increase in

restoration provisions from FY23 and accelerated depreciation on Thermal and

Wairakei assets in light of expected replacement. This was partially offset by

extending the useful life of SAP assets upgraded as part of the recent S/4 Hana

upgrade.

•Net interest expense: Interest is $3m lower than FY23 with increase in interest

on higher debt balances being offset by increase in capitalised interest on

Tauhara.

•Tax expense for the period increased by $19m following higher operating

earnings.

•Asset impairment associated with:

•Write-offs relating to peaker engine damage (GT22).

•Write-off of Tauhara assets relating to the 2023 steam hammer event

and failure of valves.

•Write-off of software assets relating to CRM and HRIS projects not

proceeding as originally planned.

Non-GAAP profit measure

1

In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact has recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within EBITDAF and

$5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.

2

Not meaningful on a percentage basis.

51
Historical financial information

UnitFY20FY21FY22

FY23FY24

Underlying

1

ReportedUnderlying

1

Reported

Revenue$m2,0732,5732,3872,1182,863

Expenses$m1,6272,0201,8201,5001,6132,2002,188

EBITDAF$m446553546573460663675

Profit$m125187182211127230235

Operating free cash flow$m290371330282470

Operating free cash flow per sharecps40.450.242.436.059.8

Dividends declared cps3935353537

Total assets$m4,8965,0285,1665,8086,208

Total liabilities$m2,2752,1012,3263,0043,589

Total equity$m2,6212,9272,8402,8042,619

Gearing ratio

3

%3123283642

Historic performance

1

In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact has recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m

within EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.

2

Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities + Equity).

Note: From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50m of write-offs and impairments.

Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5m peaker write-off).

52
FY24FY23

Year ended 30 June 2024Year ended 30 June 2023

VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP

Note: this table has not been rounded and might not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m

Electricity sales to Retail segment3,787 1485623,727 129 482

Electricity sales to C&I (netback)1,456129 1881,499 114 171

Electricity sales – Direct to Customer-- -78 159 12

Electricity sales to C&I1,456 1291881,577 116 183

CfDs – Tiwai support sales892938

CfDs - Long term sales752524

CfDs and ASX - Short term sales1,820913

Electricity sales – CFDs3,4651184072,375 94 223

Total contracted electricity sales8,7071331,1577,678 116 889

Steam sales194 183.4 587 60 35

Other income84

Net income on gas sales32

Net income on electricity related services(0)6

Net other income1112

Total contracted revenue8,901 1321,1718,265 113 936

Generation costs

1

8,635(40)(349)7,622 (31)(239)

Acquired generation cost585 (160)(93)150 (120)(18)

Generation costs (including acquired generation)9,220(48)(443)7,772 (33)(257)

Spot electricity revenue8,6351771,529 7,544 82 621

Settlement on acquired generation585 195 114 150 66 10

Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)9,220 1781,6437,694 82 631

Spot electricity cost(5,243)(193)(1,009)(5,226)(93)(488)

Settlement on CFDs sold(3,465)(178)(616)(2,375)(81)(192)

Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)(8,707)(187)(1,626)(7,600)(89)(680)

Trading, merchant revenue and losses 51318 93 (48)

Wholesale EBITDAF underlying

1

746632

Onerous contract provision(12)113

1


Wholesale EBITDAF reported758518

Wholesale segment

Segmental performance

1

In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within

EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.

53
Residential electricityunit

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Residential gasunit

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Average connections#357,117373,347

380,482388,459

Average connections#60,70164,649

66,60568,092

Sales volumesGWh2,5202,644

2,6882,798

Sales volumesTJ1,4951,583

1,5041,584

Average usageMWh per ICP7.17.1

7.17.2

Average usageGJ per ICP24.624.5

22.623.3

Tariff$/MWh253.4256.4

272.1287.9

Tariff$/GJ35.3

36.642.145.1

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-118.0-119.5

-122.7-128.0

Network, meters and levies$/GJ-18.6

-18.9-22.9-24.5

Energy costs

1

$/MWh-100.2-115.0

-138.6-158.8

Energy costs$/GJ-8.6

-11.8-10.1-9.8

Gross margin$/MWh35.221.9

10.81.1

Carbon costs$/GJ-1.5

-2.1-4.2-3.1

Gross margin$ per ICP249155

778

Gross margin$/GJ6.5

3.84.97.7

Gross margin$m8958

293

Gross margin$ per ICP107

92112181

Gross margin$m10

6712

SME electricityunit

FY21FY22FY23FY24

SME gasunit

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Average connections#49,67948,45946,96244,113Average connections#3,8763,8893,5192,972

Sales volumesGWh860798794754Sales volumesTJ1,3131,2241,063794

Average usageMWh per ICP17.316.516.917.1Average usageGJ per ICP339315302267

Tariff$/MWh231.7239.7259.3282.2Tariff$/GJ16.319.825.231.0

Network, meters and levies$/MWh-106.4-112.9-117.0-118.3Network, meters and levies$/GJ-7.9-8.3-9.5-11.6

Energy costs

1

$/MWh-99.3-113.7-138.6-157.3Energy costs$/GJ-8.6-11.8-10.1-9.8

Gross margin$/MWh26.113.03.66.6Carbon costs$/GJ-1.5-2.1-4.2-3.1

Gross margin$ per ICP45121562112Gross margin$/GJ-1.6-2.41.46.5

Gross margin$m221035Gross margin$ per ICP-552-7694121,750

Gross margin$m-2-3

1

5

Telco

unit

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Retail segment EBITDAF

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Average connections#39,24562,38879,05795,168Electricity Gross margin$m11168328

Tariff$/cust/mth68.270.169.671.8Gas Gross Margin$m83917

Network, provisioning, modems$/cust/mth-69.9-60.5-63.5-63.4Telco Margin$m-17610

Gross margin$/cust/mth-1.69.66.28.4Total Gross Margin$m118794735

Gross margin$m-17610Other income$m6797

Other operating costs$m-68-68-69-74

Retail segment EBITDAF$m5517-14-32

Corporate allocation (50%)$m-15-14-22-25

Retail EBITDAF$m403-36-57

EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%4.3%0.3%-3.3%-4.8%

Retail segment

Historic performance

1

In FY24 energy costs reflects $1.2m of electricity purchased from solar customers.

54
Insight to Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio (S&P approach)

FY21FY22FY23FY24

Actuals from S&P ratings report

Estimated

Net Debt

Carrying value of borrowings

856

1,0991,5561,913

Fair Value Adjustments

(64)

(55)(43)(41)

Restoration and environmental provisions net of tax

53

53 120142

Hybrid bond credits

1

-

(113)(113)(113)

Accessible Cash

2

(41)

(4)(89)(142)

S&P Adjusted Net Debt

804

9801,4311,759

EBITDAF

Reported EBITDAF (underlying)

553546573663

Realised gains/losses on market derivatives

(1)(9)(27)(6)

Share based compensation

3444

Adjusted EBITDAF

555541551661

Net debt/EBITDAF (x)

1.41.82.62.7

1

50% equity credit for capital bonds.

2

Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.

•These calculations have been provided

as an illustration of the adjustments

made by Contact’s ratings agency, S&P

Global, when assessing Contact’s Net

Debt/EBITDAF ratio.

•Net Debt has been adjusted from the

financial statements to include certain

long-term liabilities where S&P

considers these to have debt-like

characteristics.

•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects S&P’s view

of core operating items (unrelated to

investing and financing).

55
1 - 2 months

Te Huka 3 Commissioning stages and sequencing

The commissioning process is designed to test all functions of the geothermal well operations, steam field

and power station under a range of conditions, including extreme emergency simulations

StageWell testing

Steam-field

(cold)

Power Station

(cold)

Steam-field

(hot)

High Voltage

livening

Power Station

(hot)

Reliability run

Key elements

tested

Completed via

flowing output test

to understand flow

and energy.

Check piping

systems, control

system functions;

check valve and

safety system

operation (without

steam).

Control system

functions; valve

and safety system

operation, lube oil

and control oil

system tests

(without steam).

Operating tests of

plant; ensure

integrity of plant

and safety

systems at

maximum design

conditions.

System

configuration,

protection

schemes, key

equipment

performance.

Back-feed Power

Station.

Pentane

admission, Steam

blow, operating

tests; integrity of

safety system;

plant

performance

tests.

Reliability test of

all combined

systems and plant

output.

Duration1 - 2 months2 – 3 months2 – 3 months1 month1 month2-3 months1 month

Wells

Steam-field

High Voltage

Power Station

Reliability run

Sequencing of commissioning stages:

Te Huka 3 key: Complete Future activity Sequencing dependency

Note: Arrows are not to scale

Testing TH14

ColdHot (TH14)

HV livening

Hot

Final Tests

Cold

Back-

feed

TH32

TH32

---

Results announcement





Results for announcement to the market

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024

Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023

Currency NZD

Amount (000s) Percentage change

Revenue from continuing

operations

$2,863,242 +35.2%

Total Revenue $2,863,242 +35.2%

Net profit/(loss) from

continuing operations

$235,349 +84.6%

Total net profit/(loss) $235,349 +84.6%

Interim/Final Dividend

Amount per Quoted Equity

Security

$0.23000000

Imputed amount per Quoted

Equity Security

$0.08166667

Record Date 28/08/2024

Dividend Payment Date 27/09/2024

Current period Prior comparable period

Net tangible assets per

Quoted Equity Security

$2.71 $3.00

A brief explanation of any of

the figures above necessary

to enable the figures to be

understood


Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised

to make this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Investor Relations & Strategy Manager

Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429

Contact email address shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


19/08/2024


Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.

---

Distribution Notice




Section 1: Issuer information

Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited

Financial product name/description Ordinary shares

NZX ticker code CEN

ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX

website)

NZCENE0001S6

Type of distribution

(Please mark with an X in the

relevant box/es)

Full Year X Quarterly

Half Year Special

DRP applies X

Record date 28/08/2024

Ex-Date (one business day before the

Record Date)

27/08/2024

Payment date (and allotment date for

DRP)

27/09/2024

Total monies associated with the

distribution

$181,496,958

(789,117,208 shares @ $0.23 / share)

Source of distribution (for example,

retained earnings)

Operating Free Cash Flow

Currency NZD

Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product

Gross distribution $0.31166667

Gross taxable amount $0.31166667

Total cash distribution $0.23000000

Excluded amount (applicable to listed

PIEs)

N/A

Supplementary distribution amount $0.03705882

Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax

Is the distribution imputed


Fully imputed

Partial imputation

No imputation

If fully or partially imputed, please

state imputation rate as % applied

26%

Imputation tax credits per financial

product

$0.08166667

Resident Withholding Tax per

financial product

$0.02118333

Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)

DRP % discount (if any)

2%

Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP

27/08/2024 2/09/2024

Date strike price to be announced (if

not available at this time)

03/09/2024

Specify source of financial products to

be issued under DRP programme

(new issue or to be bought on market)

New issue

DRP strike price per financial product

Not available at this time

Last date to submit a participation

notice for this distribution in

accordance with DRP participation

terms

29/08/2024

Section 5: Authority for this announcement

Name of person


authorised to make

this announcement

Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary

Contact person for this

announcement

Shelley Hollingsworth, Investor Relations & Strategy

Manager

Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429

Contact email address shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz

Date of release through MAP


19/08/2024

---

Growth.
Delivery.

Performance.


2024 Integrated Report

About this Report
Nau mai haere mai. Our 2024 Integrated Report explains how we at Contact

create value over time, and how we are implementing our strategy to be a

leader in the decarbonisation of Aotearoa New Zealand.

This year has been marked by significant

achievements and real progress delivering


to our strategy.

Our CEO Mike Fuge and Board confirm that this

is a true and accurate record of how Contact has

created value for shareholders over the past year

to 30 June 2024. This year we have a companion

document, our Climate Statement FY24 that shows

how Contact considers and manages climate-

related risks and opportunities. This document is

available on our website. Climate Statement FY24.

This report follows the principles of the Integrated

Reporting Framework and reflects our focus on

integrated thinking to create value, structured

around the Contact26 strategy. It uses the Global

Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards and the

Integrated Reporting <IR> Framework to report

on material environmental, social and governance

(ESG) activities and provide a balanced view of

performance.

Our Integrated Report is published annually

and covers both our financial and sustainability

reporting. Our 2024 Integrated Report covers the

period f rom 1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024.

This report is dated 19 August 2024 and signed on

behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy.

We’re proud to share our story. For our people,

customers, investors, local communities, tangata

whenua, suppliers, business partners, regulators,

policymakers and lawmakers, this is for you.

2024 Integrated Report

Growth.

Delivery.

Performance.

Our Chair Rob McDonald and our

directors will host shareholders at

the Contact Energy AGM in Auckland,

in November 2024. Shareholders will

be given notice of the meeting and

agenda in October 2024.

We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.

Sandra Dodds

Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

Robert McDonald

Chair

Most Contact Energy shareholders receive

digital reports. However, we have printed

1,500 reports using environmentally

responsible paper and inks.

Cover: Contact's new power station at Tauhara in Taupō, taken at sunrise, July 2024.

Contents
Growth. Delivery. Performance.

Our story:

This is Contact

1242

Enabling our

strategy

60

About us

69

Governance

matters

94

Financial

statements

119

GRI and Climate

Statement

directories

About us60

Our Board61

Our leadership team62

External influences63

Creating value64

Our operations66

Our supply chain68

Governance matters69

Remuneration report74

Statutory disclosures87

Financial statements94

Combined Independent Auditor’s


and Limited Assurance Report

120


Glossary124

Te Reo Māori glossary125

GRI and Climate Statement directories126

Corporate directory133

3

Our vision4

Letter from our Chair6

Letter from our CEO8

Our story: This is Contact12

Grow demand16

Grow renewable development22

Decarbonise our portfolio29

Create outstanding customer experiences34

Financial performance39

Enabling our strategy42

Environment, social and governance (ESG)45

Operational excellence53

Transformative ways of working55

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

We’re well down the
path delivering our

strategy to build a

better, cleaner and more

sustainable Aotearoa

New Zealand by being a

leader in the country’s

decarbonisation.

To do that we’re making a

promise to be net zero in our

generation operations by 2035.

Our vision

44

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.
5

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Letter from our Chair
Kia ora,

It is my pleasure to present Contact’s 2024 Integrated Report. This past year

is characterised by strong financial performance, significant investment in

growth and focused project delivery.

The electricity sector is central to

New Zealand achieving its economic

and environmental goals.

I acknowledge the electricity market

challenges this winter, a direct result


of a shortage of gas and a dry

hydrological year.

Contact is committed to supporting

immediate security of supply, and the

team is doubling down on our focus

to increase renewable generation and

the resilience of the electricity network.

Contact is committed to growing

New Zealand’s economic prosperity

and global competitiveness.

Electrification of transportation,

process heat and industry, coupled

with investment in new renewable

electricity generation, are key to our


country meeting our climate targets

and necessary economic development.

Our commitment to both objectives

remains unwavering.

Contact’s strategy is to be a leader


in New Zealand’s decarbonisation.

This report summarises the

demonstrable progress we have

made against this objective in the

past year. In a mean hydrology

year, we would expect Contact’s

generation portfolio to be more than

95 percent renewable by FY2027.

We delivered on significant renewable

generation milestones this year as

we neared final commissioning of

the new geothermal power station at

Tauhara, Taupō, achieved significant

progress on the Te Huka 3 geothermal

power station, and committed

investment in a grid-connected

battery at Glenbrook. Recently we


also confirmed investment in Kōwhai

Park solar farm in Christchurch,


a joint venture with Lightsource bp.

We are fortunate to have a well-

developed pipeline of future

renewable investments across

geothermal, solar, wind and


battery to support further growth.

Rob McDonald

Board Chair

Contact Chair, Rob McDonald

Electrification of

transportation, process heat

and industry, coupled with

investment in new renewable

electricity generation, are key

to our country meeting our

climate targets and necessary

economic development.

6

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

We continue to grow demand for
renewable electricity. Securing the


long-term future of the New Zealand

Aluminium Smelter (NZAS) at Tiwai

Point was particularly pleasing,


not only for the Southland economy,

but also the demand response

agreement supporting

decarbonisation and security of

supply in dry hydrological years.

Such innovative commercial

agreements demonstrate the

ability of the private sector to

deliver outcomes for New Zealand,

without the need for government

intervention or investment.

Contact is committed to being net

zero f rom our generation activities

by 2035. Contact’s emissions f rom

our thermal generation increased

materially this year as the result of

a drier hydrological year, and the

delay in commissioning the Tauhara

geothermal power station. However,

we remain on track to achieve

net zero by 2035, with renewable

generation investment, thermal

retirement, carbon reinjection at our

geothermal stations, and targeted

sustainable forestry to offset residual

emissions.

Which brings me to the collective

challenge the industry faces as

we equitably transition to a fully

renewable electricity system.


This year has highlighted the ongoing

importance of gas as a transition

generation fuel in the medium

term, vital to support a reliable and

affordable electricity system.

Gas availability remains very

challenged, with the accelerated

decline in the performance of

upstream gas wells impacting

available supply for industrial


users, electricity generation and

consumer supply. I am encouraged

by the government’s focus on this

issue alongside industry, working

towards a fuel security strategy


and setting up the Gas Security

Response Group. With focused


action government may be able to

create an environment that will

support further industry investment


to secure necessary transitional supply.

A recent Board visit to Australia

reinforced to me the risks of

well-intentioned – but ad hoc

– government interventions in

the electricity sector which have

undermined investment and

confidence in the transition


to renewable energy there.

The government has an important

role providing stable market


settings, and an environment

that supports investment and long-

term inf rastructure competition.


This will support the significant

investments in the transition to

electrification we all make.

Transition isn’t easy. I also recognise

the challenges faced by many


New Zealanders as we continue

to navigate the cost-of-living crisis.

I am particularly proud of the work

that our team has been doing to

support our vulnerable customers

and communities through our

Energy Wellbeing programmes.

The future of the electricity sector

is bright, and Contact has a clear

strategy that is supporting both


the decarbonisation of New Zealand

and economic growth.

This investment and growth would

not be possible without the hard

work of my fellow directors, our CEO

Mike Fuge and the entire Contact

team. To you, I say thank you.

In the coming year, we remain

committed to our Contact26

vision. We’ll continue collaborating

with stakeholders, exploring new

technologies, and advocating for

policies that accelerate electrification.

Together, we can build a more

sustainable, more prosperous


New Zealand.

Ngā mihi nui,



Rob McDonald

Board Chair

The future of the electricity

sector is bright, and Contact

has a clear strategy that

is supporting both the

decarbonisation of

New Zealand and economic

growth. We’ll continue

collaborating with

stakeholders, exploring new

technologies, and advocating

for policies that accelerate

electrification. Together,

we can build a more

sustainable, more

prosperous New Zealand.

Rob McDonald

Board Chair

7

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Letter from our CEO
Tēnā koutou,

It is now three years since we set our Contact26 strategy with

the vision to be a leader in the decarbonisation of New Zealand,

playing our part in the transition to a renewable energy future.

We are pleased to report the past

year has been one of growth,

delivery and performance as we

execute on our commitment. With

significant investment of $1.2 billion

in renewable geothermal generation

near completion, work on diverse

new energy projects underway,

coupled with our continued

transformation, Contact is well


set up for the opportunities, and

to manage energy transition

challenges, that lay ahead of us.

We have delivered a strong FY24

financial performance with EBITDAF

of $663 million and profit after tax of

$230 million on an underlying basis.

These are before recognising a net

movement in the onerous contract

provision relating to the Ahuroa Gas

Storage facility (AGS) of $12 million

within EBITDAF and $5 million within

profit after tax.

This financial performance

demonstrates our underlying

strength, necessary to support our

significant investment programme.

And it is this that allows us to

maintain momentum in delivering

existing – and new – renewable

energy developments to support


the energy transition and wider

New Zealand economy.

This year, the wholesale generation

market was characterised by hydro

volatility that impacted operating

conditions, at the same time as a

rapidly tightening supply of gas.


The flow-on impacts f rom this

volatility were to wholesale pricing

f rom more thermal generation.


We increased contracted sales

volumes in anticipation of our

geothermal power station at Tauhara

coming online. With its delay to mid-

2024, we balanced additional thermal

generation and acquired generation

to support security of energy supply

to serve our customers.

In FY24 we will deliver investors


37c per share annual dividend,

up 6 percent f rom FY23.

Strategy

We are making significant progress

delivering the Contact26 strategy and

it is serving us well.

Our priorities remain to:

+ Grow demand for renewable

electricity

+Develop new, flexible, renewable

electricity generation

+ Decarbonise our portfolio, and

+ Create outstanding customer

experiences.

Contact CEO, Mike Fuge

8

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

8

These are underpinned by our
commitment to sustainability with

ESG leadership, an unrelenting


focus on operational excellence

and transforming how we work.

Our strategy also positions us well to

respond to changes in the operating

environment, including external

drivers such as inflation, cost-of-living

pressures, fuel security and changing

stakeholder expectations.

As a company we recognise that

electricity plays an integral part of

daily life in New Zealand; and we’re

acutely aware that our every action,

good and bad, has a marked impact

on the wellbeing of our communities

– today and in the future.

We work hard to be good stewards

of the environment, being a good

neighbour to help our communities

thrive, and nurturing collaborative

respectful partnerships with tangata

whenua.

Our ESG leadership was again

recognised, for the second year, with

our inclusion in the 2023 Dow Jones

Sustainability™ Index Asia-Pacific

(DJSI Asia-Pacific), with Contact

receiving the highest score of any

New Zealand company in the index.

And in December, we won the

Sustainability Leadership category

at Deloitte’s Top 200 Awards,

which celebrates and recognises

outstanding performance among

New Zealand’s largest companies.

Grow Demand

New Zealand is increasingly

embracing a low carbon future.


But decarbonising New Zealand does

not require the deindustrialisation

of the country. It means working

alongside New Zealand’s leading

industries and businesses as they move

to renewable and flexible energy use.

Securing a long-term flexible demand

agreement with NZAS in May was


an important step forward for

New Zealand, and Contact. We are

one of three generators supplying

electricity to the smelter at Tiwai in

Southland.

The new Contact agreement will see

us directly supply 100MW to NZAS in

the six months until 31 December 2024,

increasing to 120MW of electricity to

the smelter for up to 20 years. For the

2025 and 2026 calendar years Contact

will supply an additional 25MW to

support the production of high-purity


aluminium. As part of our agreement

NZAS will provide Contact with

demand response of up to 46MW


which means when demand for

electricity is high, and supply is low,


the smelter will reduce its production.

This demand response provision is

already proving its value in supporting

New Zealand’s security of supply, with

the smelter reducing production f rom

June 2024. This agreement de-risks

investment in renewable generation

for the next critical two decades,

contributes to energy security and

helps preserve an important export

industry, supporting the growth and

decarbonisation of the New Zealand

economy.

Renewable development

Investing and building renewable

energy generation, shows our

commitment to New Zealanders


of today and future generations.

In a typical hydrology year, we

would expect Contact’s generation

portfolio be to more than 95 percent

renewable by FY2027.

In addition to the $1.2 billion

of investment in our two new

geothermal power stations at Tauhara

and Te Huka 3 nearing completion,

we also have two further renewable

energy projects under construction.

Work on our first grid-scale battery

at Glenbrook started in June, and our

development of one of the country’s

largest solar farms, with joint venture

partners Lightsource bp, is underway

at Kōwhai Park, on the Christchurch

Airport campus.

Alongside this we have a diverse set

of renewable generation projects

we are actively exploring across

geothermal, solar, wind and further

grid-scale battery options.

Our geothermal power station

at Tauhara remains a stand-out

renewable energy project and will


be a fantastic long-term asset for

New Zealand.

As with many significant and

complex inf rastructure projects,


Tauhara has not been without

challenges. Tight supply chains and

increased costs as a result of Covid

were followed last September by

underperforming steam field valves

and a liquid handling system issue,

necessitating design modification

and a commissioning delay at our

Tauhara geothermal power station.

With those challenges behind us,

Tauhara stands proud and remains

one of the country’s most significant

inf rastructure projects of recent

times. Currently in the final stage


of commissioning work is

progressing well to operate at


its initial capacity of 152MW.

At full capacity, the plant will operate

at 174MW, providing 3.5 percent of

New Zealand’s electricity, enough


to power around 200,000 homes.

Te Huka 3 will be one of the world’s

largest single unit binary power

stations at 51.4MW. It is expected to

come online in late 2024 generating

enough electricity to power 60,000

New Zealand homes. It will be zero-

carbon with its design reinjecting its

emissions back into the geothermal

reservoir.

Both new plants will produce clean,

low or no carbon renewable electricity

that operates around the clock and is

not reliant on the weather.

Mike Fuge

Contact Chief Executive

As a company we recognise

that electricity plays an

integral part of daily life in

New Zealand; and we’re

acutely aware that our every

action, good and bad, has

a marked impact on the

wellbeing of our communities

– today and in the future.

9

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

We have operated on the Wairakei
geothermal steam field for generations,

with our power plants there producing

close to 3TWh of renewable electricity.

The geothermal field is a world-class

resource, and we remain committed to

its long-term sustainable development.

In May, we announced our ref reshed

approach to our plans at the steam

field. We have been working towards a

new geothermal plant of up to 200MW

to replace the 1950s-built Wairakei

station.

However, as we worked towards the

final investment decision, it became

clear that taking further time to explore

an alternative phased approach to its

replacement would deliver a more

optimal solution. Project costs were

substantially higher than expected

due to rising construction costs, a

weakened New Zealand dollar and

inflation pressures. While integration

with the existing steamfield adds

complexity, it does mean a range


of options are available to us.

The continued long-term generation

that sustainably optimises the

take f rom the Wairakei steam field

is an important part of Contact’s

renewable energy strategy and our

commitment to decarbonise. We are


taking a disciplined approach to

capital allocation and options at our

disposal which allow us to adapt to

changes in the external environment.

As a result, we have adopted a

phased approach to a new power

station investment on the Wairakei

steam field, starting with a binary

plant of around 100MW – Te Mihi

Stage 2 – expected to come online


in the middle of 2027. Most of the

units at Wairakei A&B will be

decommissioned when Te Mihi Stage 2


comes online. We are targeting a

final investment decision in late 2024.

In the future, we plan to undertake

the second development phase with

another plant of around 100MW –


Te Mihi stage 3 – to come online

before June 2031 when our resource

consent to operate Wairakei A&B

geothermal stations will end.

Work on our first solar farm, together

with our joint venture partner

Lightsource bp, has begun. With a

total construction investment of


around $273 million*, the solar farm

spans 230 hectares, and close to

300,000 panels. The Kōwhai Park solar

farm, on Christchurch Airport campus,


is expected to generate around

275GWh per year when operational.

This is equivalent to the annual

electricity demand of approximately

36,000 homes. Contact will purchase

80 percent of the electricity generated

f rom the joint venture under a Power

Purchase Agreement for a 15-year term.

Decarbonising our

portfolio

Our first grid-scale battery at

Glenbrook, in Auckland, will store

excess electricity often generated by

the wind or sun in off-peak periods

when demand is low which may

otherwise go to waste.

We have selected energy storage

system supplier Tesla to work with

us to build the 100MW two-hour

duration storage battery which will

help towards meeting peak demand

over winter and other periods of high

demand. Expected to be commercially

operational by March 2026, it will

contribute to our transition away

f rom fossil fuels in an increasingly

constrained gas market and support

the renewable development of solar

and wind generation.

We have been working through

the systematic retirement of our

baseload thermal generation, and

by the end of 2024 it is expected our

25-year-old Taranaki Combined Cycle

(TCC) plant will be decommissioned.

Our Ōtāhuhu plant closed in 2015,

and as planned, our Te Rapa gas-fired

co-generation power station closed

in June 2023.

The retirement of these three plants

represents on average a 70 percent

drop in Contact’s carbon emissions

in the past 10 years. And while we are

planning TCC closure, the Taranaki site

remains of strategic importance, not

only for the operation of our remaining

thermal peaking units in the medium

term, but also as we look to transition

towards a renewable energy hub.


We have secured resource consent to

build a grid-scale battery at Stratford

and we’re exploring the feasibility of a

170MWp solar farm alongside additional

battery storage.

We have planned a path to achieve net

zero emissions f rom our generation

operations by 2035. We remain

confident we will achieve this.

This year less rain impacted hydro

generation, and this, combined with

delays to commissioning our new

geothermal power station at Tauhara

led to a greater reliance on thermal

generation.

However, we remain confident in our

decarbonisation strategy, including

investment in renewable generation,

retiring our thermal assets, reinjecting

and reusing carbon, and using

forestry offsets.

Customer Experience

Our retail business has seen

significant growth and delivery


in FY24.

Our commitment to transform our

approach to customer experience

continues. We have seen significant

growth in customer numbers for

energy and broadband, and in our

new offering of mobile.

We have worked hard to ensure we

find ways to make home better for

the Kiwis we serve.

We won the Best Customer Experience

Transformation Award at the

Australia-New Zealand CX Awards


in November 2023, and in the same

month were awarded Best Value

Broadband provider and Best

Bundled Plan at the NZ Compare

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Our commitment to

transform our approach

to customer experience

continues. We have seen

significant growth in

customer numbers for energy

and broadband, and in our

new offering of mobile.

*Subject to minor adjustment on completion of lender conditions precedent.

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

10

Awards. We were finalists (for the
second year in a row) in the 2024

Energy Excellence Awards for


Energy Retailer of the Year.

More than 400,000 New Zealanders

now choose to connect their homes

and businesses with Contact, and we

have grown 36,000 connections in

the past year.

Through our time-of-use plans we

are supporting Kiwis to reduce their

carbon footprint. More than 100,000

New Zealand households are now

doing good by their wallet, by using

power off peak.

Since our Good Plans launched in

August 2021, our customers have

benefited f rom 151 million hours of f ree

power through these off-peak plans.

In May we began the rollout of the

managed control of hot water cylinders

during peak periods. And Fourth

Trimester, through which we’ve now

given f ree power to over 2,680 families

with newborns, continued to resonate.


In the three years since launch we have

gifted five million hours of f ree power


to Kiwi families when they need it most.

We are acutely aware of the cost-of-

living pressures on New Zealanders.

Our Energy Wellbeing team continues

to work hard for our most financially

vulnerable on a wide range of plans,

payment options and tailored support

to ensure they stay out of debt.


We have recently removed

disconnection and reconnection

fees for customers in our credit cycle,

irrespective of their payment method.

This is part of a number of initiatives

Contact has underway and enables


us to help Kiwi households with

$2 million in support each year.

As signalled by the Commerce

Commission in May, the regulated

prices for Transpower and the

country’s 29 regulated lines companies

will materially increase. This follows

the Commission’s five-year regulatory

price reset, reflecting changes to

interest rates, and the upgrade of the

aging electricity transmission and

distribution networks to ensure they

are resilient into the future. These

revised regulated prices will come


at a significant cost which will be

passed on to all the energy retailers.

As we signalled in February this will

mean increased costs for consumers.

Our people

We are creating a workplace where

all our people can thrive. Through our

transformational ways of working,

we have a team who come to work

knowing they are playing their part in

helping to decarbonise New Zealand.

The engagement of our people shows

we are making good progress. In

June 2024, employee engagement

continued to increase to 8.4/10 and

our Net Promoter Score – the measure

of those who would recommend

working at Contact – increased to +55

f rom +51 last year. This puts us in the

top quartile of all energy and utility

companies around the world.

The future

Our focus on playing a leading role in

the decarbonisation of New Zealand

as we support the transition to a

renewable energy future is serving

us well.

The past year has shown we are

well on the path of delivering to

that strategy in building renewable

energy inf rastructure, growing our

renewable pipeline and helping

industries and New Zealanders to

decarbonise.

We are excited about the future.

We have a clear strategy. A strong

balance sheet with supportive

shareholders. We stand ready to

deliver on the opportunities ahead


of us to help lead the decarbonisation

of the country over the next decade.

Finally, I would like to thank everyone

at Contact for their extraordinary

work throughout the year. I am proud

of you and all that you have delivered.

Ngā mihi nui,








Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

The Contact team celebrates winning the Sustainability Leadership

category at the 2023 Deloitte Top 200 Awards.

Contact, NZ Steel and Tesla mark the announcement of our first

grid-scale battery, in Auckland.

11

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our story:
This is Contact

12

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our strategy: Contact26
Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation

Themes

Enablers


Grow demand

We’re growing demand for

New Zealand’s renewable

electricity in a range of ways.

Grow renewable

development

We’re developing new, renewable,

flexible electricity generation as

the market evolves.

Create outstanding

customer experiences

We’re creating outstanding

customer experiences as we build

New Zealand’s leading energy and

services brand to meet more of our

customers’ needs.

Decarbonise

our portfolio

We’re decarbonising our portfolio of

generation assets (and the New Zealand

electricity market) via an orderly

transition to renewable generation

(managing the balance between

continued security of supply, minimal

emissions and affordability).

Environmental,

Social, Governance (ESG)

• Create long-term value through our strong

performance across a broad set of ESG factors.

Operational

excellence

• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency

• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital

expenditure to deliver value

• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.

Transformative

ways of working (TWoW)

• Use technology to modernise our operating model

• Increase employee engagement to attract and

retain talent.

This will be underpinned by three key enablers

13

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our strategic focus
Our commitment to be a leader in the

decarbonisation of New Zealand is our

Contact26 strategy.

We are focused on growing demand

for our energy, growing renewable

development, decarbonising our

portfolio, and creating outstanding

customer experiences.

Decarbonising New Zealand does


not require the deindustrialisation

of New Zealand. Through smart

solutions, like demand flexibility

agreements we are helping big and

small businesses alike to decarbonise


and play their part in the

electrification transition.

We’re also helping Kiwi households

to reduce their carbon footprint:

encouraging Kiwis to use power off-

peak through our time of use plans

and rolling out the managed control

of hot water cylinders during peak

periods.

As we help enable the electrification

of the wider economy, we’re focusing

on an orderly transition away f rom

fossil fuels. Stability and security of

energy supply – keeping the lights

on, remains one of our overriding

priorities. This includes doing all we

can to support Kiwis facing very real

challenges with the rising cost of

living.

Our performance will be judged on

our ability to deliver – not just the

big projects and new inf rastructure,

but the way we operate, the way

we engage, and the way we care for

Aotearoa New Zealand. That is our

promise and will be our legacy.

Geothermal power station at Tauhara, Taupō.

14

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Progress against our strategy
Three years into the delivery of our Contact26 strategy, we assess

and review our progress and look to derive value from what we

learn along the way.

Strategic theme

Grow

demand

Concluded new long-term NZAS deal with improved pricing and demand response.

Over 30MW new demand facilitated.

Concluded green chemical deal: Support for HWR Richardson hydrogen/diesel initiative.

CO

2

commercialisation opportunity validated. Advancing to Final Investment Decision in FY25.

Total contracted flexible demand 173MW (including 55MW in market).

• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.

• Reach 100MW total Demand Flex and

start pivoting to Demand Response.

• New green chemical channel established

contributing incremental EBITDAF.

2

• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a of total renewable

assets f rom geothermal new build, solar

and wind.

• 100MW battery operational.

• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run-rate of

~300ktCO

2

e, working towards our 2035

net zero commitment.

• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce

reliance on thermal peaking.

• Greater than 685k connections.

• Cost to serve (CTS) at global benchmark

of <$80/ connection.

• Triple EBITDAF contribution f rom non-

energy lines of business.

• Top quartile NZ Business for Sustainability

survey

3

and most Trusted Energy brand.

4

Tauhara came online Q2 2024 after steam separation plant re-design and rebuild. Final commissioning

activity underway.

Commissioning underway on Te Huka 3. Expected online Q4 2024.

Achieved Final Investment Decision on 168MWp solar farm at Kōwhai Park.

Achieved Final Investment Decision on 100MW BESS (battery) at Glenbrook.

GeoFuture project adjusted to phased replacement programme (Te Mihi Stage 2&3).

Consenting activity underway for Glorit and Stratford solar options (each 0.3TWh).

Consent lodged on 0.9-1.2TWh Southland wind project.

Turbine delivery taken for replacement at Roxburgh hydro power station.

Progressing to meet all carbon reduction commitments under net zero roadmap (Scope 1 and 2).

Prepared for decommissioning of TCC, expected at the end of 2024.

Approved BESS (battery) investment will reduce reliance on thermal peakers.

Investigating options for further carbon offsets through native vegetation on Contact land.

CO

2

reinjection being installed on Te Huka 3.

More than 620,000 connections, up~6 percent.

Cost to serve per connection increase below CPI.

Telco gross margin growth of >60 percent.

Net zero generation brand campaign launched.

Contact Mobile launched and has now reached 7,600 customers.

Electricity net price up by >5 percent aligning closer to market while maintaining low churn.

Grow

renewable

development

Decarbonise

our portfolio

Create

outstanding

customer

experiences

FY24 Achievements/progressFY27 ambitions

1

Complete/on-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

1 Set in May 2023.

2 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice)

measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and

reconciliation of this measure is provided within note A2 to the

financial statements.

3 As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.

4 As measured by Contact’s independently surveyed brand tracker.

15

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow
demand

16

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow demand
Demand for renewable electricity continues

to grow as New Zealand industry increasingly

embraces a low carbon future.

By continuing to invest in globally

competitive renewable electricity and

supporting industry to decarbonise,

we are well on our way to achieving

net zero emissions in our generation

operations by 2035. Decarbonisation

needn’t mean deindustrialisation –

instead it means working alongside

New Zealand’s leading industries

and businesses as they move to

renewable and flexible electricity use.

Securing a long-term flexible demand

agreement with NZAS in May was

an important step forward for

New Zealand and Contact – we

are one of the three generators

supplying electricity to the smelter.

Viewed alongside our renewable

energy agreement with New Zealand

Steel, work with Mataura Valley Milk

(MVM) to help create New Zealand’s

first all-electric dairy plant, and

trucking firm HW Richardson on

its green hydrogen programme,

it shows the business community

is serious about decarbonisation.

And there’s no doubt that as

businesses move to an electric

future, our soon-to-be-complete

$1.2 billion investment in renewable

generation at Taupō, and our new

investment in our battery and solar

projects, will have further impact.

You can read more about this in

Grow renewable development.

17

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our long-term partnership with NZ Aluminium Smelter (NZAS)
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification

New Zealand’s biggest user

of electricity is now one of

the world’s most flexible

aluminium smelters, thanks to

its new long-term renewable

electricity agreement.

NZAS has directly contracted with

Contact, along with agreements with

Meridian Energy and Mercury NZ, to

supply all the smelter’s electricity needs.

Eighteen months in the making, the

new Contact agreement will see the

company provide fixed price cover

for 100MW to NZAS in the six months

until 31 December 2024 increasing to

120MW of electricity to the Tiwai Point

aluminium smelter in Southland for

up to 20 years. For the 2025 and 2026

calendar years, Contact will supply

an additional 25MW to support the

near-term production of high-purity

aluminium.

The deal sees us provide electricity

at a price consistent with long-term

electricity contracts supporting other

large South Island industrial users. It

is materially higher than the previous

price in the previous transitional

agreement in 2021. The new pricing

took effect f rom 1 July 2024.

As part of the agreement, NZAS will

provide Contact with demand response

of up to 46MW. This means that when

demand for electricity is high and

supply is low (during a hydrological

dry year for example), the smelter

will reduce its production, making us

less reliant on fossil fuels to cover any

shortfall in generation.


Tiwai Point is New Zealand’s largest

electricity consumer, drawing around


13 percent of New Zealand’s total

annual electricity, which it uses to

produce high-purity, low carbon

aluminium.

One of the largest single-site

employers in Southland, NZAS


has around 1,000 employees

and contractors, with a further

2,200 people employed indirectly.

This new contract secures the future

of the plant until 2044, providing

certainty for its people and the wider

Southland community, as well as

NZAS customers across the globe.

For us, this new long-term renewable

electricity agreement will also unlock

further generation investment to

enable our Contact26 strategy.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Contact’s strategic decisions

and sales choices over the

past four years have been

made under the belief that

the Tiwai Point aluminium

smelter in Southland will

continue to operate for the

long-term. Confirmation of

the sustainable electricity

demand from the smelter

supports the acceleration

of the Contact26 strategy to

decarbonise New Zealand,

with the addition of demand

response also supporting

security of supply.

18

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Solving New Zealand's food grade
CO

2

shortage

Closures of traditional carbon dioxide (CO

2

) sources have

caused a shortage of food grade CO

2

, the essential ingredient

to keep the bubbles in everything from lager to lemonade.

This has meant New Zealand is now having to import food

grade CO

2

which is expensive, and in short supply.

Thanks to innovative thinking at our

Ohaaki geothermal site near Taupō,

we’ve found a solution that will be

good for New Zealand and good for

Contact.

We have developed a way to capture

naturally occurring carbon dioxide

released during the geothermal

power generation process and

converting it to food grade quality.

Conversations with potential

customers have been positive, and

there has been significant interest


in home-grown food grade CO

2

so

we are satisfied there is demand.

We expect there could be up to

65,000 tonnes of CO

2

captured at

our Ohaaki geothermal plant every

year which would be enough to


meet all New Zealand’s needs.

We’re now confirming the partners

we’ll work alongside, subject to a

final investment decision in the 2025

financial year.

Using residual emissions f rom

geothermal generation, one of the

most sustainable forms of CO

2

, will

play a role in Aotearoa New Zealand’s

decarbonisation by displacing CO

2


imports.

Jacqui Nelson

Chief Development Officer

Not only will this initiative

help reduce carbon emissions

including those from burning

fossil fuels to ship CO

2

to

New Zealand, but it could

also create more than 20 jobs

in the Taupō area and

help solve New Zealand’s

food grade CO

2

shortage

by creating a homegrown

source that will increase

supply and lessen cost. This is

a great outcome for NZ Inc

as it will improve the country’s

resilience and independence.

Ohaaki geothermal

power station, Taupō.

19

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Simply Energy supports Mataura Valley Milk to go fully electric
Simply Energy, part of the Contact group, has been working alongside Southland dairy

company Mataura Valley Milk (MVM), part of the a2 Milk Company (a2MC), to help create

New Zealand’s first all-electric dairy plant.

When MVM began transforming

its Southland facility in Gore into

New Zealand’s first all-electric dairy

plant, several factors had to align:

selecting the right boiler technology,

ensuring access to renewable energy,

expanding network capacity, and

fostering collaboration among

stakeholders to bring it all together.

MVM and a2MC’s commitment to

sustainability prompted the selection

of a high-pressure electrode boiler

(HPEB) over a low-pressure alternative,

that would have only reduced MVM’s

coal usage by 30 percent.

With the boiler on order, Simply

Energy collaborated with Transpower

to explore network connection

options, ensuring MVM had the

additional electrical capacity required

to operate it. MVM and Simply Energy

identified additional opportunities

to improve the project’s capital

structure, access marginal

transmission pricing, and reduce

energy losses – all of which supported

the project’s commercial viability.

With Simply Energy's support, MVM

was able to thoroughly evaluate

options, make decisions that

balanced short- and long-term

priorities, and negotiate a cost-

effective contract for additional

electrical capacity.

The boiler’s installation in March 2024


marked the final step in the plant’s

conversion f rom coal-fired milk

processing to using certified

renewable electricity. It will eliminate

approximately 22,000 tonnes of direct

CO

2

emissions annually f rom the

plant’s owned or controlled sources

– that’s the equivalent of taking over

9,000 petrol cars off the road each year!

NZ Steel update

Last year we announced a pioneering

and innovative agreement to provide

30MW of electricity to NZ Steel


for its new $300 million electric

arc furnace.

The flexible off-peak arrangement

will enable the industry leader to

scale down production in times of

peak demand or supply shortages.

The project is on track to become

operational in early 2026.

Building on this partnership,


Contact and NZ Steel are now

working together on several new

initiatives, including the recently

announced 100MW large-scale

grid-connected battery on site at

Glenbrook being developed with

Tesla. Read more in Decarbonise


our portfolio.

20

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Powering heavy transport with green
electricity

New Zealand’s largest privately-owned transport company

HW Richardson Group, is decarbonising its fleet, introducing

the country’s first hydrogen-diesel, dual-fuel trucks.

HW Richardson’s trucks run a dual-

fuel system that injects hydrogen

into an existing diesel combustion

engine fitted with a conversion unit,

reducing carbon emissions by up to

40 percent without compromising

operations, routes, distances or

payloads.

Using electrolysis, HWR will produce

green hydrogen f rom water. The

hydrogen plant will be installed

at a new Allied Petroleum site in

Invercargill.

Contact is pleased to be partnering

with HW Richardson Group to supply

renewable electricity, ensuring its green

hydrogen is fuelled by green power.

“The energy supply agreement will

mean our hydrogen programme will

have clear, stable and predictable

pricing for fuel for our trucks for

the next 10 years. This certainty

isn’t possible with traditional fuels.

Certifying the energy as zero

emissions, gives us the confidence

we are producing green hydrogen


for our customers.”



Working with Contact as

a partner also provides

the ability to flex additional

energy into our system from

time-to-time at market rates.

We value the opportunity

to work together in other

locations to develop hydrogen

production for New Zealand

and to use our transport

expertise for projects

Contact has in the pipeline.


Anthony Jones

Group CEO, HW Richardson Group

21

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow renewable
development

22

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Grow renewable
development

Investing in and building renewable generation shows our

commitment to decarbonisation for Kiwis today, and for

future generations.

Spending now on our sustainable

future will help meet tomorrow's

demands for renewable energy.

It requires unprecedented

investment as well as a commitment

to make transformative decisions.

Three years into our Contact26

strategy, our focus is delivery.

This year we have two new

power stations opening, with

the completion of our $1.2 billion

investment to expand our

geothermal renewable energy

portfolio in Taupō. Our power

stations at Tauhara and Te Huka 3

will provide a further 4.5 percent of

renewable energy to New Zealand,

enough to power 260,000 homes.

Geothermal energy is a reliable

source of low carbon electricity

that can operate 24/7. It plays

a crucial role in New Zealand’s

transition away from fossil fuels,

and it’s where Contact has deep

operational expertise and a track

record for ingenuity.


We have started building our

100MW grid-scale battery in

south Auckland on land leased

from NZ Steel at Glenbrook (see

Decarbonise our portfolio), and

we announced our committed

investment with joint venture

partner Lightsource bp, in the

168MWp Kōwhai Park solar farm

on the Christchurch Airport

campus that will generate a further

0.3TWh of renewable generation,

with construction underway in 2024.

On top of this our pipeline of

renewable energy development

options includes 2TWh of solar,

4TWh of wind and up to 1TWh of

geothermal generation (net of

Wairakei closure).

All of this reflects our commitment

to grow renewable development to

build a better New Zealand.

We expect our generation portfolio

to be more than 95 percent

renewable by 2027 which

represents significant progress

towards our commitment to be

net zero by 2035.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

23

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

World-class geothermal
power station at Tauhara

Our new geothermal power station at Tauhara in Taupō, and a

low carbon renewable energy source, successfully completed

its reliability run at the end of our financial year.

Online since May, it is now at its

final stage of commissioning and

is expected to operate at an initial

capacity of 152MW.

The geothermal power station

at Tauhara (as pictured above) will

generate 174MW of renewable energy

once it is at full capacity and will

produce around 3.5 percent of the

country’s electricity. That’s enough

for around 200,000 Kiwi households.

As a geothermal power station, it is

not reliant on wind, rain, or sunshine

to generate power which means it

is a consistent and reliable source

of low-carbon electricity. It’s a true

example of decarbonisation in action,

as it is expected to displace around

500,000 tonnes per year of CO

2


emissions as fossil fuel generation


is reduced with the retirement of TCC

– our gas-fired baseload generation

plant near Stratford. That’s the

equivalent of removing over 220,000

petrol cars f rom our roads.   

The three and a half years of

construction has not been without

challenges. In the first two years,

Covid headwinds resulted in tight

supply chains and cost pressures.

During commissioning tests in late

2023 we found underperforming

steam field valves and a liquid


handling system issue, which meant

we needed to do some design

modifications causing a six-month

delay to commissioning.

With those challenges now well

behind us, our new geothermal plant

at Tauhara – one of the largest single

shaft geothermal turbines in the

world, and one of the most significant

inf rastructure projects in New Zealand

in recent times is now operational.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Our new geothermal plant at

Tauhara remains a stand-out

renewable energy project and

will be a fantastic long-term

asset for all New Zealand.

Celebrating

first steam

In May we celebrated the

first turning of the turbine at

Tauhara with representatives

f rom Sumitomo, Contact’s main

contractor on the project, Fuji

Electric, Naylor Love, and tangata

whenua. Tangata whenua offered


a ‘whakawātea’ (clearing the way)

in support of the occasion.

Sumitomo provided traditional

Japanese ceremonial offerings to

wish for a good operation of the

power station.

Getting steam to the turbine and

seeing it turn was a significant

milestone for the commissioning

phase of the project.

“It’s what the team had been

working towards for a long time

and to reach that point after

everything they had overcome was

something to be incredibly proud

of” says Mike Fuge, Contact CEO.

More rigorous testing followed the

first steam, including a week-long

test with Transpower where a small

amount of electricity generated


f rom Tauhara was sent to the grid

for the first time.

24

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Senior project engineer Matt Wasley
has been integral to the Tauhara

project since the start and is proud

of what the team have built.

“It works beautifully and

fundamentally has the power and

stability to provide good energy

for the next 35 to 40 years if not

longer,” says Matt.

That said, there’s no doubt the

project has tackled some challenges.

“The thing to remember is that

behind Contact, is a large team of

dedicated individuals,” says Matt

referencing the closeness of the

team, and the bonds forged as

being key.

And the thing that’s made it all

worthwhile?

“This is by far the biggest plant

Contact has ever built. Coming

on site for the first day of

commissioning, putting fuel into

the plant and it’s loud, it moves,


it breathes, it has life. That’s what

we’re here for.”

Team Tauhara

Tauhara: At a glance

152MW initial capacity*

174MW at full capacity

3.5 percent of New Zealand’s

electricity

500,000 tonnes per year of CO

2


emissions expected to be displaced,

equivalent to removing 220,000 petrol

cars f rom our roads

$924 million investment**

Three and a half years to construct

2.65 million work hours by

4,000 people

Nine primary contractors across

eight different work f ronts alongside

a multitude of sub-contractors

Tauhara comprises:

• turbine hall for one of the

world’s largest single shaft

geothermal turbines

• 220m-long cooling tower

circulating 35 million litres

of water per hour

• triple-flash separation plant,

including 7 primary pressure vessels

• electrical buildings 

• pump station, with 5.1MW installed

capacity 

• geothermal fluid holding pond

(115,000t capacity) 

• 14 km of cross-country pipelines

connecting to production and

reinjection wells.

Matt Wasley, Senior project engineer,

Contact.

* Once final commissioning activity is complete.

** Includes a performance payment to the EPC

contractor as a result of bringing the plant online

earlier than scheduled.

25

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Te Huka Unit 3 powers new renewable energy
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply

Commissioning is now underway on our second new power station, Te Huka 3, which will

come online in late 2024 generating enough renewable electricity to power 60,000 homes.

We decided in mid-2022 to accelerate

the development of Te Huka Unit 3

and ensured it had all the necessary

support and resources through

our Mau Taniwha prioritisation and

planning process. As a result of that

decision, the power station is on track

to be open on time and on budget.

Te Huka 3 will generate 51.4MW of

renewable energy, which is expected

to displace around 190 tonnes of

CO

2

emissions – or the equivalent

of removing over 70,000 petrol cars

f rom New Zealand’s roads. Te Huka 3


will also be zero-carbon with its

design reinjecting its emissions


back into the reservoir.

All the renewable attributes

generated by Te Huka 3 will be

provided to Microsoft, in a 10-year

Attribute Purchase Agreement

announced last year. These attributes

are the global standard for customers

to show they are using renewable

electricity for their operation.

At the height of its two-year

construction, this project employed

240 skilled construction workers on

site and a $140 million investment

directly into the Taupō community.

Te Huka 3 is next to our existing


Te Huka geothermal power station

in Taupō and is Contact’s seventh

geothermal power station.

Dyani Boyce is the Project Director

for Te Huka 3. Under her leadership,

this $300 million project at our

existing Te Huka geothermal

power station site in Taupō, will be

delivered on time and on budget.

Te Huka Unit 3:

At a glance

51.4MW generation

430GWh of electricity a year

One percent of the country’s

electricity – this is enough to power

60,000 homes

190 tonnes per year of CO

2

emissions

displaced, the equivalent of removing

over 70,000 petrol cars f rom


New Zealand’s roads

$300 million investment

Just over two years to construct, and

operational in late 2024

625,000 work hours completed by

around

240 people at peak

$140 million invested into the local

economy over the project life

The power station has been designed

to reinject all carbon emissions

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

26

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Refreshed approach for our
plans at Wairakei steamfield

The Wairakei geothermal field is a world-class resource and

Contact remains committed to its long-term development.

We’ve been present on the Wairakei

geothermal steamfield for generations,

with the Wairakei A&B, Te Mihi and

Poihipi power stations producing

nearly 3TWh of renewable electricity.  

Contact has been working towards

a new geothermal plant of up to

200MW – the GeoFuture project –

to replace its 1950s-built Wairakei

geothermal station.  

As we worked towards the final

investment decision, it became clear

that a different approach would deliver

a better solution. Project costs were

substantially higher than expected,

due to rising construction costs,


a weakened New Zealand dollar,

and inflation pressures.  

While integration with the existing

power stations on the Wairakei

steamfield adds complexity, it also

means that a range of options are

available, providing flexibility.


In revisiting these options, we sought

to balance security of supply, prudent

execution and returns to shareholders. 

We have adopted a phased approach

to new power station investment on

the Wairakei steamfield, starting with

a binary plant of around 100MW –


Te Mihi Stage 2 – to come online

in the middle of 2027. Most of

the units at Wairakei A&B will be

decommissioned when Te Mihi Stage 2


is online. We are working towards a

final investment decision in late 2024. 

In the future, we plan to undertake


a second phase of development with

another plant of around 100MW –


Te Mihi Stage 3 – to come online

before June 2031, when our resource

consent to operate the Wairakei


A&B geothermal station will end. 

This phased development approach

is enabled by plans to extend the

operation of some of the units at

Wairakei A&B until 2031.  

Continued long-term

generation that sustainably

optimises the take from the

Wairakei steamfield is an

important part of Contact’s

renewable energy strategy

and our commitment to

decarbonise. We have taken

a disciplined approach to

capital allocation and have

been fortunate to have an

array of options at our

disposal which allowed

us to flex to changes in

the external environment.


Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Wairakei geothermal

power station, Taupō.

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

27

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Here comes the sun
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply

At Contact we are preparing for further investment in

renewable generation and storage.

A diverse and robust portfolio of

renewable energy is key to delivering

on our promise of building a better,

cleaner and sustainable New Zealand.

Solar power – the world’s fastest

growing source of new energy –


is an important part of our portfolio.

Led by Contact’s Head of Wind and

Solar Matthew Cleland, winner of

the Young Energy Professional of

the Year 2023, we are diversifying

our renewable energy pipeline. In

partnership with Lightsource bp,

leading international solar power

developers, we are exploring several

potential solar projects across


New Zealand.

In July, we achieved a significant

milestone with our confirmed financial

investment decision to build our first

solar farm. The 168MWp Kōwhai Park

Solar Farm at Christchurch Airport

will have around 300,000 solar panels,

spanning around 230 hectares of land

behind the airport’s runways, and


will generate over 275GWh per year –

enough to power more than

30,000 homes.

As one of New Zealand’s largest solar

farms, it is the cornerstone of a green

energy precinct at Christchurch

Airport’s Kōwhai Park. This project

marks another milestone for Contact

in the diversity of our renewable

generation portfolio, and another

move towards our commitment to

net zero in our energy generation


by 2035.

The Kaipara coast northwest of

Auckland is expected to be home

to our next solar joint venture

development. The Glorit Solar Farm

will cover 300 hectares and have easy

access to Transpower’s existing 220kV

power lines that pass through the area.

It is expected to generate 285GWh of

renewable energy each year, enough

to power 33,000 homes. The build of

this site is subject to consent and to

final investment decision.

Another solar project in our pipeline

is proposed for the site of our

current TCC plant at Stratford. We

have the potential to develop a

renewable energy hub on this site

with both a 170MWp solar farm, and

grid connected battery storage,

in addition to the 100MW grid-

connected battery site that already

has a consent in place. Read more in

Decarbonise our portfolio.

Developing wind

generation options

We’re developing a pipeline of wind

generation opportunities.

Our first proposed site is east of

Wyndham. The Southland Wind

Farm is planned to have 55 wind

turbines with an installed capacity


of up to 330MW and an output in

the range of 0.9 to 1.2TWh per year.

That’s enough to supply 110,000 to

150,000 homes.

“This is an important renewable

electricity project for Southland and

Aotearoa as we expect significant

demand growth and we need to

ensure there is enough renewable

electricity available to meet these

demands.” says Matthew Cleland,

Head of Wind and Solar, Contact.

In preparing our resource consent

application we worked with

independent specialists to review

and assess the effects of construction

and operation of the proposed

wind farm, carefully considering the

potential impacts on habitats and

native species. We have redesigned

the proposed footprint and will

implement best practice control

measures to avoid, minimise or

mitigate adverse effects.

We lodged our resource consent

application in December 2023 under

the Covid-19 Fast Track process. It is

now moving through the consenting

process and has been referred to


an expert panel for consideration.

We expect to know the outcome

in FY25.

We are exploring several potential

solar projects across New Zealand.

28

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Decarbonise
our portfolio

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

29

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Decarbonise our portfolio
With an abundance of natural resources

generating clean renewable energy,

Aotearoa New Zealand is well placed to

take an international leadership position

in renewable energy. This transition to a

lower emissions future will make a real

difference to the place we call home.

Contact’s commitment to

be net zero in our energy

generation by 2035 means we’re

managing a careful transition

from thermal to renewable

energy. We’re bringing new

sources of renewable electricity

on stream and finding new

ways to store that energy, so

it doesn’t go to waste. These

new ways of storage mean we

can switch it on at a moment’s

notice, ensuring power is

available as and when it’s

needed most. At the same time,

we’re carefully reducing our

reliance on thermal energy.

We continue to make solid

progress on our net zero

ambition and remain

on target to meet this

commitment. We recognise

there will be ups and downs

along the way as we continue

our investment to deliver on

this commitment.

30

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our 2035
net zero goal

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility

and electrification

Generation emissions and renewable

energy supply

We have a planned and

purposeful pathway to

achieve net zero emissions

from electricity generation by

2035. We remain confident

we will achieve this.

During the year, less rain than

in previous years impacted our

hydro generation in Clyde and

Roxburgh, combined with a delay in

commissioning our new geothermal

power station at Tauhara meant

a greater reliance on thermal

generation this year.

Alongside this, a reduction in


New Zealand’s upstream gas

production has created challenges

for thermal generation. We continue

to keep a watchful eye on the

situation, and where possible we are

accelerating our plans for alternative

generation and storage. These include


our grid-scale battery under

construction on the NZ Steel site at

Glenbrook in South Auckland, and

our solar power project underway at

Kōwhai Park at Christchurch Airport.

We are confident in our plans for

decarbonisation including continued

investment in new renewable

Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035

generation, reducing our reliance on

thermal peakers, retiring our thermal

assets, growing our investment into

grid-scale batteries, reinjecting and

reusing carbon, and using forestry

offsets. This year has been a reminder

that progress does not always follow

a straight line.

Note: Analysis is based on FY24 actual Scope 1 and 2 emissions (indicates the total contribution

TCC had in FY24 at 63 percent). Utilisation of the peakers will vary over future years depending


on hydro sequences and new technologies.

* Figure indicates estimated CO

2

displacement achieved f rom reduced running of the thermal

peakers. Calculations estimated a reduction of approximately 150 operating hours


or 150Tj of gas displaced, which when the Ministry for the Environment approved Emission

Factor is applied equates to 10,000 tonnes.

** Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners

Limited Partnership. Units are shown per annum and are based on current information and


may fluctuate based on climate conditions and/or regulatory updates.

For further information detailing the initiatives that underpin our achieving net zero please refer

to our FY24 Climate Statement.

Current emission breakdown (ktCO

2

e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO

2

e)

FY24

Scope 1 and 2

emissions

948

-607

-170

-179

-189

0

New emissions

(Tauhara)

Glenbrook Battery

Project*

Decommission

TCC

Capturing or

reinjecting


carbon

Forestry


partners units

received**

Additional

initiatives being

assessed

78

-10

31

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Retiring our baseload thermal assets
Over the past several years we have been working through

a systematic and planned retirement of baseload thermal

generation.

Contact’s Ōtāhuhu plant closed in 2015

and our Te Rapa co-generation plant

was decommissioned in June 2023.

By the end of 2024, it is expected

our 25-year-old TCC plant will be

decommissioned.

Together, retiring these three plants


effectively represents on average a

70 percent drop in Contact’s

generation emissions in a decade.

As we have been retiring baseload

thermal plants, we have been

building new geothermal capability.

Our new geothermal power stations

at Tauhara and Te Huka 3 will more

than offset generation lost f rom TCC.

Although we are planning to close

TCC, our Taranaki site remains of

strategic importance to Contact,

as we look to transition f rom

a traditional fossil fuel site to a

renewable energy hub. We have

secured resource consent to build a

100MW large-scale grid-connected

battery at Stratford, and we’re

considering the feasibility of a

170MWp solar farm and additional

battery storage alongside.

To ensure we can quickly cover periods

of high demand such as a winter cold

snap, we will maintain our two thermal

peaking plants at Stratford, our diesel

peaking plant at Whirinaki, as well

as access to the Ahuroa gas storage

facility in Taranaki. Two of the three

turbines that support the Stratford

peakers are currently undergoing

repair – both are expected to return


to service during FY25.

For more information on the

calculations and our emission

reduction path for our


net zero target please refer to our

Climate Statement FY24 under

Metrics and targets.

Reinjecting

CO

2

into the

steamfield

Geothermal energy is a renewable,

low-carbon energy source, releasing

naturally occurring CO

2

during the

power generation process. If we can

capture this carbon and reinject

it into the reservoir, it becomes a

circular resource as it is reused.

In our drive to reduce emissions,


last year we reported our Taupō

team had successfully completed

carbon capture at our existing


Te Huka geothermal binary power

station. We are now fully capturing

and reinjecting CO

2

back into the

steamfield at Te Huka and the

capability has also been built into


our new Te Huka 3 power station.

This innovation at Te Huka has already


enabled us to remove 10,000 tonnes of

CO

2

f rom the environment every year.

We continue to investigate options


to capture carbon for reinjection,

or reuse, for all our geothermal sites.

Growing high

quality carbon

credits

Although most of our emissions

reductions will be achieved by

investing in new renewable energy

and retiring thermal generation,

there are some emissions that are

practically more challenging to

remove.

We have two long-term sustainable

forestry investment partnerships:

Forest Partners in collaboration with

Genesis Energy, Z Energy and Todd

Corporation; and Drylandcarbon

which is a partnership between

Contact, Air New Zealand, Genesis

Energy, and Z Energy.

These partnerships prioritise

responsible forestry practices on

steeper, economically marginal land

to ensure a sustainable, long-term

supply of high-quality carbon credits

for investors.

We continue to make progress

payments into Forest Partners and


expect to receive our next distribution

of carbon credits f rom Drylandcarbon

next year.

TCC's Heat Recovery Steam Generator

at Stratford.

32

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The Swiss Army Knife of renewable energy – grid scale batteries
We are answering the call for more energy storage by partnering with Tesla to build

a 100MW 2-hour storage battery, which will provide enough electricity to meet peak

demand over winter for 44,000 homes.

The new $163 million grid-scale

battery is expected to be online in

March 2026. It builds on our existing

partnership with NZ Steel (see Grow

demand) and will be constructed

on its Glenbrook site, southwest

of Auckland. With a high voltage

connection to the national grid, this

will be the country’s newest large-

scale battery, the closest to our largest

city, and Tesla’s first ever large-scale

battery in New Zealand.

The battery will store excess electricity,

often generated by the wind or sun in

off-peak periods when demand is low,

that might otherwise go to waste.


It will rapidly discharge this electricity

to the grid when it is needed and

provide a backup supply of electricity

for unexpected outages.

The industrial-sized lithium battery

will play a key role in maintaining


a reliable supply of electricity for

New Zealand, particularly during

periods of high demand throughout

the winter. It will also ultimately help

with Contact’s transition away f rom an

increasingly constrained gas market.

“It’s a bit like the Swiss Army Knife

of the electricity system performing

a range of roles that will ultimately

keep the lights on and reduce carbon

emissions. The battery will supply

power to the grid in an instant, quickly

getting electricity to where it is most


needed in the country. It will also

support the development of new


renewables like wind and solar

generation,” says Mike Fuge, CEO,

Contact.

Construction on the battery has

begun. Contact is responsible for

the overall project that includes the

batteries supplied by Tesla and its

commissioning. Tesla will provide

long-term maintenance of their

supplied equipment. The battery

is expected to be commercially

operational by March 2026.

NZ Steel Chief Executive Robin Davies

says the plan is further evidence

of what can be achieved through

a partnership approach to deliver

resilience-building decarbonisation

initiatives at scale and speed.





We’re very pleased to

be able to build on our

existing partnership with

Contact Energy through

the installation of its new

grid-scale battery at our

Glenbrook site.






Our long-term expectation is to have

multiple batteries across the country,

starting in Glenbrook, to ensure we

can maximise every watt of renewable

energy, whether wind, solar, or

geothermal.

Robin Davies

Chief Executive, NZ Steel

33

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Create outstanding
customer experiences

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

34

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Create outstanding
customer experiences

Home. There’s no place like it. That’s why we’re working

hard to ensure it’s good to be home for New Zealanders.    

We’re driven by a kaupapa of building

a better Aotearoa New Zealand. We’re

always looking for ways to make home

better for the customers we connect to

energy, broadband and mobile.

Through our Good Plans, more than

100,000 households are now doing

good by their wallet and good by

the planet, by using power off peak.

In fact, since our Good Plans launched

in August 2021, our customers have

enjoyed over 151 million hours of f ree

power through these plans. As more

Kiwis see the benefits of making a

small change to make a big difference,

we expect to see these numbers grow.

More than 400,000 customers

now choose Contact to connect

their homes and businesses with

electricity, gas, broadband, mobile

or a combination of all four. We have

grown 36,000 connections in the


past year while maintaining what

we believe is one of the lowest

retail cost to serve in the market.

For many customers, an outstanding

experience is one they can manage

themselves, where and when they

want. Over the past three years we

have invested in simplifying and

digitising our business to transform

our customer experience. Now,


80 percent of all service interactions

take place via our app, online services,

Messenger, or WhatsApp, compared


to only 35 percent three years ago.

And, we were delighted to receive

the Best Customer Experience

Transformation Award, at the Australia-

New Zealand CX Awards in November

2023 in recognition of our progress.

Contact customers are less likely


to switch providers, with our switch

rate of 17.7 percent percent which is

1.3 percent below the market average.

Our brand tracking research shows

we are third for brand trust amongst

New Zealand energy suppliers.


We were awarded Best Value

Broadband provider, and Best

Bundled Plan at the NZ Compare

Awards in November 2023. And we

were finalists (for the second year in

a row) in the 2024 Energy Excellence

Awards for Energy Retailer of the Year.

The rapid growth in customer numbers

this year has led to high call volumes

and longer wait times for some

customers using our contact centres.

As a result, our Net Promoter Score

(the number of customers who would

recommend us, versus those who

wouldn’t) has dropped to +37, f rom +41

last year. We want to do better for our

customers and we’re working hard to

make improvements. To increase our

ability to support our customers more

quickly, we are bringing in more team

members to our Levin and Dunedin

contact centres – and have created

a new contact centre hub in our

Wellington office.

35

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

All in Good time 
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility

and electrification

Over 100,000 Kiwi households

are now using our Good Plans,

which offer free or discounted

energy during off-peak hours.   

Our first Good Plan – Good Nights –

launched in 2021 offering f ree power

f rom 9pm until midnight every night.

Since then, we’ve introduced Good

Charge, focused on EV owners, with

half-price power f rom 9pm until 7am,

and now Good Weekends with f ree

power f rom 9am to 5pm on Saturday

and Sunday.

Customers are making small changes

to their behaviour – setting the timer

on the dishwasher to start during the

Good Plan hours, charging the EV

overnight, or saving the laundry until

the weekend – to make the most of

off-peak use.

And it’s paying off. “Some of our Good

Nights customers have moved more

than a third of their daily energy

usage to the f ree period,” says Matt

Bolton, Contact’s Chief Retail Officer.

“When combined with the f ree hours

enjoyed by customers on our Good

Weekends plans, that’s around


151 million hours of f ree power f rom

these two plans alone between


11 August 2021 and 30 June 2024.”

Decreasing energy demand during

peak hours can help reduce our

reliance on non-renewable energy

generated by fossil fuels.



To continue encouraging positive

energy habits that benefit the

environment, in April we started a

staged roll out of Hot Water Sorter –


a programme to switch off hot water

cylinders when there is a high demand

for electricity, and thermal generation

is most likely to be required.

Hot water cylinders retain heat for

long periods of time, so powering

them 24/7 can be a waste of energy.

With Hot Water Sorter, customers

don’t need to do anything, we make

data driven decisions based on each

customer’s actual energy usage.

During a three-month trial in 2023,

most customers found no difference


in their hot water supply.




We now have 6,200 customers

onboard which is helping manage


demand during peak hours and

reducing the need for fossil fuel

generation. Importantly, we have

seen approximately 9MWh of energy

usage a day move f rom peak to off

peak.

In our latest brand campaign,

Nigel the penguin encourages

his flatmates to use electricity

during off peak times.

Showers, clothes dryer, and

heaters (in winter) are used

mostly after 9pm. This has

made a huge difference

to having extra money.

‘Anything that uses heat

use after 9pm’ is all I have

to remember. My family

has been better off for sure.

It’s brilliant and I dread the

day you stop it. Thank you.

Maxine

Good Nights customer

36

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Free energy for
families with

new babies  

In November 2023 we ran our third

cycle of Fourth Trimester, offering

three months of f ree energy to

families with a new baby.

Since running the pilot in April 2022,

more than 2,680 Kiwi families with

Contact have been gifted over


5.8 million hours of f ree energy.

Easing our money worries 

Mum of two, Bailey Teal, had her

second child Brock in February

(pictured right).

“Things were tough financially after

Brock was born. We needed to pay

quite a lot of money to fix our car

unexpectedly,” says Bailey.

“Fourth Trimester was a lifesaver for

us. We wouldn’t have been able to

pay for these additional expenses if

we had power bills too. The initiative

really helped to ease the mental

load at what was an already stressful

time closed.” Bailey Teal, Contact

customer.

Bailey says she saved around


$400 a month on power over the

three months.

“Fourth Trimester helped ease our

financial worries. It felt like having

a warm hug. Instead of losing sleep

over money, the only thing that kept

me up were snuggles with Brock in

the middle of the night in my warm,

dry house.”

It’s good to be

home, for all of us 

In April we launched a new brand

campaign to share what Contact

is doing to ensure it’s good to be

home for all New Zealanders, both

now and in the future. The campaign

shows our shared home of Aotearoa

New Zealand and gives us the

opportunity to demonstrate how we

are improving quality of life through

sustainability and environmental

responsibility for everyone who calls

New Zealand home.

Through our committed investment

in renewable energy projects and

emissions reduction initiatives we

are not only meeting today’s energy

needs but safeguarding Aotearoa

New Zealand for future generations

with the goal of achieving net zero

energy generation by 2035.

Campaign results show it is

resonating with New Zealanders


who say they like it and associate

it with the Contact brand.

37

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Support in the
tough times  

Energy wellbeing and equity

We believe everyone should

have a warm, dry, safe home

and we’re working hard to

support New Zealanders’

energy wellbeing.

We recognise times are tough for many

New Zealanders, so we have a range

of options for customers f rom taking

advantage of f ree or discounted power

during off-peak periods through our

Good Plans, to getting personalised

help f rom our dedicated team.

Our Energy Wellbeing team works

alongside customers in need to

support their individual circumstances.

That could include a payment plan,

moving to prepay or smooth pay,

offering wellbeing credits where

appropriate, and making referrals to

agencies including Work and Income

New Zealand (WINZ), MoneyTalks for

budgeting advice, and EnergyMate,

the Electricity Retailers' Association

of New Zealand (ERANZ) in-home

coaching and community hui to help

whānau get the most of their energy

consumption.

In 2023 we created Hand Up, enabling


our Energy Wellbeing team to work

with customers who need help to get

through a difficult period by creating

a plan that suits their circumstances.

Over the past year 1,250 customers

received Hand Up to help them get

back on track.

A newly appointed Customer

Wellbeing Manager will continue our

work with social agencies including

Women’s Refuge and Good Shepherd

enabling us to target meaningful

support to those who need it most.

Last year we joined six other retailers

in a 12-month pilot called Connect Me.

The ERANZ industry-wide programme

connects customers with a poor

credit history to a post pay account

and access to wrap-around services.

While we await the pilot results, we

are doing our own analysis to identify

lessons we can apply to our services.

We have been communicating

with customers impacted by the

regulated removal of the low fixed

charge tariff. Although all households

are expected to benefit over the long

term, some households that have

been low users of electricity may see

an increase in their bills. We have

been encouraging these customers

to contact us, so we can offer a $110

credit f rom the industry-funded

power credits scheme.

A language translator trial with The

Hello Co is underway to improve the

experience for customers in-need

whose first language is not English.

Through this trial our team members

can quickly access a translator – in

over 300 languages – and conference

them into a customer call.

In January 2025, the Electricity

Authority’s new Consumer Care

guidelines will become mandatory

for all operators in our industry.


We are fully compliant with the

current guidelines.

To support the Northland community

impacted by the outages caused by

the Transpower pylon failure in June

2024, we donated $100,000 to several

community groups including food

banks and a community funding

organisation. We quickly reimbursed

fixed line charges to our affected

residential and small business

customers who were impacted by

the power outage.

Fixing our

billing error 

Customer wellbeing and trust

In October 2023 we let the

Commerce Commission know

about a billing error which led to

customers paying by card being

incorrectly charged. The majority

of impacted customers were

overcharged by less than one dollar.

As soon as we realised the error,

we went about putting it right by

refunding customers. The Commerce

Commission was satisfied with

our timely and comprehensive

investigation and remediation

process and took no further action.

AA Smartfuel

closure 

In September 2023 AA Smartfuel

announced its programme would be

closing. Contact customers were able

to earn and redeem their Smartfuel

discounts until the programme

closed on 31 January 2024. We

are now exploring other ways to

recognise our customers’ loyalty


and the value they provide.

38

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial
performance

39

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial performance
In FY24 Contact demonstrated how its robust financial position and financial

performance is supporting new renewable investment.

Our geothermal power station at Tauhara

came online in May 2024 following accelerated

remediation works, providing new renewable

generation as gas supply tightened. Commissioning

is underway on the Te Huka 3 geothermal power

station. These plants will add 1.9TWh per annum of

baseload renewable output when full capacity is

reached.

Construction is now underway on a 100MW grid-

scale battery located at Glenbrook. Contact has

also committed to its first solar project through

its joint venture with Lightsource bp – a 168MWp

solar farm at Kōwhai Park, on Christchurch Airport

campus. Both are expected online in 2026.

These are examples of how Contact has made

strong progress on delivering to our Contact26

strategy, which is focused on leading New Zealand’s

decarbonisation by connecting customers with our

renewable development pipeline.

Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions

in FY24 and gas supply tightened, with flow-on

impacts to wholesale pricing f rom more thermal

generation. Contact increased contracted sales

volumes in anticipation of the geothermal power

station at Tauhara coming online and with its


delay to mid-2024 met this sales position through

a balance of additional thermal and acquired

generation. At the same time, Contact has

executed well on its channel mix and pricing

strategies.

Contact reported net profit of $235 million in FY24

and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $675 million.

Reported figures include a net movement in

the provision relating to the Ahuroa Gas Storage

facility (AGS) onerous contract of $12 million within

EBITDAF ($5 million within net profit after tax


and interest). Excluding the movement in the

provision, underlying net profit is up 9 percent


on FY23 to $230 million and EBITDAF is up

16 percent to $663 million.

The improved operating result was driven by closer

alignment of channel pricing to the wholesale

market and greater thermal efficiency, partially

offset by lower hydro generation, and reduced

steam revenue following the closure of Te Rapa.

Net profit was impacted by one-off write-offs of

$36 million after tax relating to damage to peaker

assets, remediation work required at the Tauhara

geothermal power station and software projects

not continuing as planned.

Operating f ree cash flow of $470 million is up

67 percent on the prior year on the improved

operating result, relatively lower levels of working

capital due to higher thermal generation and

reflecting the continued capitalisation of interest

on Tauhara borrowings. In FY24, growth capital

expenditure was $470 million as Contact invested

twice its net profit for the year into renewable

development.

An interim ordinary dividend of 14 cents per share

was paid in March 2024, and in August 2024 the

Board approved a final ordinary dividend of


23 cents per share (imputed by up to 21 cents per

share for qualifying shareholders). This will be paid

to investors on 27 September 2024. This means we

are delivering investors a 37 cents per share annual

dividend, up 6 percent on FY23. The dividend policy

targets a pay-out ratio of between 80 percent and

100 percent of the average operating f ree cash


flow of the preceding four financial years. We are

actively investing in renewable development

projects to grow our business as New Zealand






















decarbonises and expect the dividend to increase

with operating cash flow over time. We have a clear

strategy and a strong balance sheet enabling us to

deliver on opportunities to continue to drive value

for our shareholders.

Final dividendInterim dividend

FY20

16

39

23

FY21

14

35

21

FY22

14

35

21

14

35

21

14

37

23

FY23FY24

Dividends (cps) – declared

40

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20202021202220232024

Revenue$m2,0732,5732,3872,1182,863 

Operating expenses$m1,6272,0201,8201,6132,188

EBITDAF$m446553546460675

Profit/(loss)$m125187182127235

Profit per share – basiccps17.525.323.416.329.9

Operating f ree cash flow$m290371330282470

Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps40.450.242.436.059.8

Dividends declaredcps3935353537

Dividends paid$m280274272273275

Total assets$m4,8965,0285,1665,8086,208

Total liabilities$m2,2752,1012,3263,0043,589

Total equity$m2,6212,9272,8402,8042,619

Gearing ratio%3123283642

41

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Enabling
our

strategy

Strong ESG practices,

transformative ways of working

and operational excellence are

enabling us to deliver on our

Contact26 strategy.

This section details how we are performing

against these three enablers and tracks progress

against our strategic metrics. Three years into


the Contact26 strategy, we are delivering

performance and growth, while maintaining


our commitment to doing the right thing by

New Zealand and being a good neighbour.

42

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Strategic theme FY24 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Environment

Reduction of 229 ktCO2e

(reduced 19 percent)

Generation

emissions

Emissions f rom generation Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 45 percent

by 2026 compared to a 2018 base year (SBTi target)

Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035

Reduction of 0.025 tCO2e/MWh

(reduced 19 percent)

Emissions intensity f rom

generation 

Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent per

MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018 base year

16,579ML discharged

(increased by 605ML f rom FY23)*

FreshwaterGeothermal fluid discharge

to rivers

Significantly reduce operational discharges of

geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026  

51,212 trees planted in FY24, 201,825

trees planted since target set in FY21

Biodiversity Number of trees planted Plant 100,000 native trees around our generation

sites by 2024

Social

113 organisations supportedCommunity

wellbeing 

Number of community

organisations supported 

Support 100 community initiatives and

organisations each year

59 percent reconnected within 24 hours

Energy

wellbeing

Percentage reconnected 50 percent of customers disconnected for debt

reconnected within 24 hours

94 percent without Prepay, 96 percent

with Prepay

Percentage of customers

accepted 

Sign up 96 percent of new customers, increasing

energy accessibility for those with poor credit history

Ref reshed our Supplier Code of Conduct

and implemented a new procurement

policy and f ramework, putting greater

focus on modern slavery risks

Sustainable

procurement

Modern slavery commitmentCommitted to understanding and removing

modern slavery f rom our supply chain

98 percent pay equity for Contact

employees

WorkforcePay equity is monitored

and reported on

Ensure all Contact employees and contractors are

paid a fair and equitable wage

Governance

Continue to make progress to embed

at all levels

Workforce

Gender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open

through all levels of our company

Signed up to Pride PledgeInclusion Maintain commitment to Pride at Contact

Issued A$400 million Green Australian

Medium-Term Notes. 100 percent of debt

certified as green

Percentage green debtCertify all debt as green

* Discharge numbers restated due to recategorisation of evaporation and land soakage as consumption, rather than discharge. For more info, see our website.

Tracking against our strategic metrics

Three years into execution we continue to make good progress.

Complete/On-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

43

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Strategic theme FY24 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Operational

excellence

Digital programme accelerated including

trading optimisation and geothermal

modelling

Digital capability

Continuously improve operations through

innovation and digitisation

Trade deal capture delivered

Damage to gas peaker GT22 incurred in

September 2023. Return of spare engine

f rom US accelerated by 6 months

Hydro refurbishment underway

Achieved ISO 55000 Asset Management

certification

Transformative

ways of

working

Some sites have undergone a ref resh to

support Contact’s ways of working

Workforce

Creating better workspaces

Create a flexible and high-performing environment

for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent

Sustained focus on wellbeingWellbeing strategy

14,744 courses completedContact University

Mau Taniwha Mauri Ora Leadership

Development programme launched

Leadership Capability

Complete/On-track

Minor delay and/or cost increase

Major delay and/or cost increase

44

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Environment, social
and governance (ESG)

Doing right by our communities, the

environment, and our people is helping

create long-term value, and building a

legacy to pass on to future generations.

Our vision to build a better Aotearoa New Zealand

means being good stewards of the environment,

being a good neighbour to help our communities

thrive, and creating collaborative respectful

partnerships with tangata whenua. It means

ensuring our customers have access to clean,

reliable, affordable electricity and support when

needed. And it means working with our people

to create a fair, equitable, and caring workplace

where they’re empowered to do their best work.




With a relentless focus on our

environment and the people and

places where we operate, we strive

to make decisions that will make

things better for future generations.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Our commitment to creating a truly sustainable

business is measured through the ESG f ramework

which enables us and others to assess our business

practices and performance on sustainability and

ethical issues.

In the past year external agencies in New Zealand

and globally have recognised and rewarded our

ESG commitments through the Deloitte Top 200

Awards, the Hydropower Sustainability Alliance,

and the Dow Jones Sustainability Index. This shows

us we’re on the right track and energises us to

accelerate this work.

Sustainability Leadership

Winning the Sustainable Leadership category in the

2023 Deloitte Top 200 Awards recognised our team’s

collective hard work towards building a better,

cleaner, more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.

The judges acknowledged our commitment to

creating long-term value through sustainable

practices, in support of our Contact26 strategy,

which include:

+ Our investment of over $1.2 billion in renewable

generation projects

+ Our systematic and planned transition

f rom thermal to renewable generation

+ Our approach to create genuine relationships

with our iwi partners

+ Our long-term commitment to be a good

neighbour in our communities

+ Our relationship with Women’s Refuge,

based on shared values and a desire to

make a real difference

+ Our careful consideration of energy affordability,

security, and reliability.

In a video played at the Awards ceremony, judge

Katie Beith, Head of ESG at Forsyth Barr, said:

“Contact is taking its sustainability agenda and

role in decarbonising Aotearoa New Zealand very

seriously with thoughtful and credible ESG

Contact's sustainability team on a biodiversity walk

with our community partners Greening Taupō.

45

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

commitments. The organisation is taking on
significant projects to decommission assets that

create electricity f rom fossil fuels, whilst building


a pipeline of assets that focus on geothermal,

hydro, wind and solar electricity generation.

“Contact’s decarbonisation f ramework has galvanised

its people right across the national business. Contact’s

partnership with the Women’s Refuge, Board level

engagement with local iwi and hapū and careful

consideration of energy affordability, security and

reliability demonstrates their thoughtful approach to

building a more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.”

Achieving a silver standard

In April 2024 we became the first hydropower

company in Oceania to receive silver certification

in the global Hydropower Sustainability Alliance

Standard for our Clyde and Roxburgh dams in

Central Otago.

This certification is external validation of our

commitment to operational sustainability and

governance in the hydropower sector, and we’re

one of the few companies in the world to earn it.

Dow Jones Sustainability Index

For the second year in a row, in 2023 we were

included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index

(DJSI) Asia Pacific.

Focusing on international best practice and

feedback given in last year’s DJSI, we have

increased our efforts across all categories.

This resulted in Contact achieving the highest

score of any New Zealand company in the DJSI


in December 2023.

We know the bar is raised each year, so we’re

committed to continually seeking greater

outcomes as we measure our impact on a


global scale through the DJSI.

Reducing greenhouse gas

emissions and measuring our

impact

Our strategy of leading decarbonisation means

cutting emissions f rom our own operations and

helping our retail and business customers to

cut theirs (see Create outstanding customer

experiences and Grow demand).

With a deep commitment and respect for science,

we use the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol to

measure and report on our Group emissions. This

globally recognised protocol uses standardised

f rameworks to measure and manage GHG

emissions: Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions

f rom our operations, Scope 2 f rom the purchase

and use of electricity, and Scope 3 are created

throughout our value chain.

In 2018 we established ambitious science-based

targets, which were updated in 2021 to:

+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions

45 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year

+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3 emissions f rom

all sold electricity 45 percent by 2026 f rom

a 2018 base year

+ reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold

products 34 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year.

We are making good progress overall towards

these targets. Although year-on-year fluctuations

will occur, they will not put at risk our long-term

ambition of being net zero in our generation

operations for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions


by 2035.

1,250,000

1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY22

Emissions from electricity generation (tCO

2

e)

1,250,000

1,000,000

750,000

500,000

250,000

0

FY18

Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope

(tCO

2

e) for Contact and Western Energy

Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations

Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity

Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain

FY23FY24

46

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

During the year, less rain than previous years
impacted our hydro generation and storage

volumes in Clyde and Roxburgh. Combined with

a delay in commissioning our new geothermal

power station at Tauhara meant a greater reliance

on thermal generation f rom our TCC plant.


This plant produced 1,395GWh over the year,

which included 69GWh for Meridian, and 29GWh

for other market participants.

As a result, Scope 1 emissions were greater


in 2024 than 2023. See Our 2035 net zero goal.

While there will always be uncertainties due to the

complex nature of Scope 3 emissions, we’re increasing

our focus on opportunities to understand this area

which, along with our assurance engagements,


will help with continuous improvement and

accelerate the reduction of our Scope 3 emissions.

Compared to our 2018 base year, in FY24:

+ our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 19 percent lower

+ our Scope 3 emissions were 49 percent lower

Although generation emissions were higher this year

than last, our targets were set with consideration for

short-term fluctuations based on weather patterns.

We remain confident and committed to achieving our

2026 targets. Targets will be reviewed in 2025 in line

with Science Based Target initiative guidelines.

We’re also continuing to look beyond our own

business by actively contributing to research and

analysis for the good of the country overall.

+ As a member of The Aotearoa Circle – a public

private partnership whose purpose is to restore

natural capital in New Zealand – we have

participated in the Energy Sector Climate Change

Scenario Analysis. This report will help the energy

sector consider the impacts of climate change

and will inform strategy development. We also

participated in the Taskforce on Nature-related

Financial Disclosures (TNFD).

+ We continue to be active members of the

Climate Leaders Coalition which aims to build

momentum towards a zero-carbon future.

Financial implications of climate change

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Contact has been preparing for the risks and

opportunities presented by climate change for

over 10 years. We have been measuring our Scope 1

GHG emissions since 2012, and our total emissions

since 2018. Climate scenario analysis has been part

of our practice for many years, and in FY24 we took

this process to the next level by undertaking a

deep analysis, based on established international

and domestic data sources, to update our climate

scenarios and the risks and opportunities arising.

This year, we published our first Climate Statement.

In preparing for this Statement, we led a robust

process to examine the risks and opportunities

related to climate change. In line with the Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards, we developed

three climate change scenarios:

+ Coordinated decarbonisation (<1.5 ̊C at 2100

(called +1.3 ̊C)

+ Disorderly decarbonisation (~2.5 ̊C)

+ Hot house (>3 ̊C)

This process, which involved stakeholders across

our business, resulted in a comprehensive set

of climate-related risks and opportunities which

helped us understand the impacts of climate

change on our assets, generation, and operations.

As a result, we have identified actions to build

resilience and make adaptations that will flow

through to our enterprise risk management and

asset management systems. This scenario analysis

helped us better understand how Contact might

perform under different climate future states. It

challenged our business-as-usual assumptions and

benefited f rom the diverse internal group involved.

For its first-year reporting under the New Zealand

Climate Standards, Contact has chosen to take

adoption provisions 1 & 2: Current and Anticipated

financial impacts. These provisions provide an

exemption f rom this disclosure requirement in

an entity’s first reporting period. Between FY2020

and FY2023 Contact modelled impacts to EBITDAF

under each of its selected climate scenarios in a

standalone financial model. In FY25, we will be

incorporating the ref reshed climate scenarios

into Contact's wholesale electricity price path

modelling to enhance integration and support the

future assessment of financial impacts. For further

information please refer to the Metrics and targets

section of the 2024 Climate statement.

Continuing progress in sustainable finance

leadership

We established our first green borrowing

programme in 2017 and have continued our

commitment to sustainable finance.

Our hydropower assets have been verified and meet

the requirements of the Climate Bonds Hydropower

Criteria now forming eligible assets in our Green

Borrowing Programme. This ensures eligible

investments in climate change mitigation are

consistent with the 1.5 ̊C warming limit in the Paris

Agreement. In October 2023, international experts

visited Contact sites to undertake a hydropower

sustainability assessment of our ESG performance

and benchmarked our hydro schemes against

good international practice (see Achieving a silver

standard). This eligibility has f reed up an additional

NZD $1.7 billion for future green borrowing.

In November 2023, we invited institutional investors

to participate in an offer of medium-term note

green bonds in Australia. The seven-year fixed rate,

unsecured, unsubordinated green bond offer is our

largest to date at AUD $400 million. The proceeds

will be used to finance and refinance renewable

generation and other eligible green assets in

accordance with our Sustainable Finance Framework.

Our $850 million syndicated sustainability-linked

loan, announced in December 2022, met its

sustainability performance targets. This meant


we achieved the maximum pricing discount

possible for the 2023 year.

47

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Safer How, Safer When
Contact is helping enable Women's

Refuge to change the conversation and

understanding of family violence with

stakeholders in New Zealand.

Led by the National Collective of

Independent Women's Refuges Research

Unit, Safer How, Safer When, with support

f rom Contact, is a multi-phase project. The

first of its kind in New Zealand, it looks at the

risks women and children face because of

family violence, and what makes a difference

when building genuine, sustained safety for

them after family violence.

The first and second phases of the study

are now complete, after interviewing

3,500 women who had experienced family

violence, and then the wider community.

The findings show the depth and extent of

violence experienced by women at the time

they come into a refuge.

The findings are being used in multiple

ways, including:

+ Submissions on multiple bills before

parliament

+ Developing resources for f rontline workers

+ Training for primary and secondary

healthcare workers

+Awareness-building workshops with young

people

+ Media articles demystifying the realities of

family violence risk

+ Social media content to show the trade-

offs victims make when managing risk and

safety.

Our partnership with

Women’s Refuge

Two and a half years in, our partnership with

Women’s Refuge is going f rom strength to

strength and we are committed to the long-term.

We’re continuing to provide f ree energy and

broadband for all 70 women’s refuges and


safe houses across Aotearoa New Zealand.

Our fundraising support has enabled Women’s

Refuge to connect with more New Zealanders,

increasing donations by 68 percent on the


previous year.

By working together on policy initiatives, we have

supported a groundbreaking research project that

is delivering insights on the invisible risks of family

violence.

We have added ‘Shielded’ functionality to our

website to enable victims of domestic violence

to find information about how they can get help

without leaving a trail for an abusive partner to follow.

And we’re focused on supporting women

impacted by financial abuse. We have removed


the poor credit rating barrier enabling women

to get connected with energy and broadband,

and we offer support for the first few months

with our Hand Up programme. To date, 25 survivors

have benefited.



It is no exaggeration to say our

partnership with Contact has been

transformative for our 40 refuges and the

clients they work with. From the outset,

Contact has demonstrated a remarkable

commitment to collaboration and

understanding our mahi as well as the

broader context of family violence. In

my experience, this level of engagement

is rare in corporate partnerships.


Dr Ang Jury

ONZM, CEO Women’s Refuge, April 2024

Mike Fuge, Contact CEO

and Dr Ang Jury, CEO of

the National Collective of

Independent Women's

Refuges.

48

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Simplifying electricity emissions
reporting

Sustainable procurement

Simply Energy, part of the Contact group, is

helping businesses accurately report their

electricity emissions in half-hour blocks, through


a carbon accounting tool called Carbon iQ.

The tool’s underlying data and methodology has

recently been approved by Toitū Envirocare which

means any business can now easily report a more

accurate view of its electricity emissions through

the Toitū carbon certification programme.

Thanks to this tool, businesses can proactively

reduce their emissions by shifting electricity use to

periods when renewable electricity generation is

high, if they have the ability to do so.

Managing risks in our supply chain

Sustainable procurement

We purchase a wide variety of goods and services

to help us maintain our power stations, support

our customers, and run our offices. Our responsible

procurement f ramework helps us identify and

manage risks in our supply chain, including

modern slavery, and allows us to work with

suppliers to align their practices with our goals.

Read more on our Responsible Procurement

webpage.

Over the past year we have stepped up our

focus on identifying, managing, and mitigating

the risks of modern slavery in our business and

supply chain. We analysed key risk areas, began

to map our supply chain and carried out desktop

reviews of suppliers in higher-risk areas. A survey

of our third-party labour hire providers gave us

insights into the way our direct suppliers are

managing their supply chains. New procurement

processes have also bolstered our modern slavery

approach, clarifying the behaviours we expect f rom

suppliers. We delivered modern slavery training

to core business teams, raising awareness . We

also engaged external consultants to review our

approach to modern slavery and are putting their

recommendations into action. We are developing

our understanding of other impacts, and any

further tools and systems we need to have in place.

Our Modern Slavery Statement is in our list of

policies on our website.

Being a good neighbour

Community wellbeing

As a company we are an integral part

of daily life in New Zealand and we’re

acutely aware that our every action,

good and bad, has a marked impact

on the wellbeing of our communities –

today and in the future.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

All Contact Energy sites have a community

engagement plan where our overriding principle

is to do the right thing in each community by

avoiding or mitigating adverse impacts. Our

Stakeholder Engagement Policy outlines our

approach to community engagement.

We apply the International Association of

Participation spectrum in designing engagement

for different circumstances i.e. where close

neighbours may experience nuisance associated

with noise, dust, visual or odour issues we consult

with them and in other circumstances we inform

through email, letterbox drops or in person.


We do not have formal grievance processes,

instead we assess any issues on a case-by-case

basis. When there are important updates, we

have a range of ways for local communities to

engage with us including community meetings,

drop-in information sessions and by providing

online updates. Where neighbours may be directly

affected by an activity we engage proactively

including, in some cases, meeting them in person.

We follow the Resource Management Act 1991

(RMA) resource consent process and complete

an Assessment of Environmental Effects

(AEE) which is the New Zealand legislative

equivalent of environmental and social impact

assessments. More information can be found in

our Environment and Social Impact Assessments

overview and reports are available on request f rom

relevant local and regional councils.

Our community stakeholder engagement

activities have increased over the year in line with

our development activities, particularly with the

construction and commissioning of the Tauhara

and Te Huka Unit 3 power stations.

For residents and businesses near those operations,


there has been a temporary increase in noise and a

visual impact of steam during some construction,

testing and commissioning works. We regularly

communicate with our closest residential

neighbours via email and have held an information

drop-in sessions to inform them about upcoming

activity, as well as listen to their feedback and

mitigate what we can. One example of this is the

noise and disruption created f rom the TH32 well

test in 2022, where we recently installed a 56-tonne

permanent silencer to help reduce noise at the

source. We also have a 24-hour 0800 community

line which community members can call with any

queries or concerns.

We’re focused on long-term conservation efforts

in the areas around our operations through

the Haehaeata Natural Heritage Trust and the

Alexandra Blossom Festival in Central Otago,

Taranaki Kiwi Trust, and Wingspan in the


central North Island which saw two Kārearea

49

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

(New Zealand falcon) released into the wild
this year. Our partnership with Greening Taupō

celebrated its tenth anniversary in 2023, with more


than 200,000 native plants added to the local

landscape over the decade. And we marked

65 years of our generation plant in Wairakei by

donating 65 traps to Predator Free Taupō.

Our commitment to building a better Aotearoa

New Zealand means we get involved at a community

level by supporting swimming lessons in Taupō and

Taranaki, the new Roxburgh pool in central Otago,

and supporting Taradale Primary School students


in the world robotics competition (pictured).

In Lake Dunstan, we have worked with the local

community to co-design improvements to the Old

Cromwell area in response to community concerns

about the visual amenity and sedimentation of the

lakef ront. This work began in 2023 and will continue

as we work together on a revitalised waterf ront.

We’ve spent $1,400,547 on our communities this

year and supported 113 organisations through

sponsorship, donations, partnerships and staff

volunteering.

Biodiversity

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

Given our reliance on natural resources, we take

seriously our responsibility to do the right thing.

That means minimising any direct impacts our

operations may have on biodiversity, and to

protect, enhance and restore areas of indigenous

biodiversity in and around our sites.

We have identified nine International Union for

Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List species

that reside in areas we operate. Our focus is to

understand whether we impact these species and

how we can enhance, restore or protect them. We

focus on the mitigation hierarchy under the RMA

to avoid, minimise, remedy or offset our impact.

We will work with stakeholders to develop options

to help improve those species’ survival for future

generations to enjoy.

We also look for opportunities to engage and

support other landowners, tangata whenua and

community groups, such as Greening Taupō, to

further protect biodiversity on land surrounding

our operations that Contact does not own.

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures is an important sustainability

issue and material topic for Contact and one we

know our stakeholders care about too. We are

developing an approach to nature in line with the

TNFD to ensure we play our part in tackling the

issue of biodiversity loss and heading towards a

nature-positive future.

Our biodiversity commitment and details of

individual biodiversity projects, mitigation and

ecological enhancement actions can be viewed


on our website.

Commitment to the Wairakei

Environment

Our significant operations in Wairakei means we

have a deep and enduring commitment to the area.

Through the Wairakei Environmental Mitigation

Charitable Trust (WEMCT) we are investing

in four multi-year projects to enhance and

protect geothermal environments including the

Broadlands Geothermal Area, Maungakaramea

Scenic Reserve, Taupō District Council Geothermal

Reserves, and Karapiti Craters of the Moon.

The Wairakei Relationship Group, established

between Contact and Wairakei hapū last year,

continues its important mahi to restore the

environmental, cultural and spiritual health and

wellbeing of the Wairakei steamfield. See Building

relationships.

Level of extinction risk

Total number of IUCN

Red List species

Critically endangered 2

Endangered4

Vulnerable2

Near threatened 1

Least concern8

Not evaluated>5

Note: The breakdown of extinction risk levels has been adapted

f rom the New Zealand Threat Classification (NZTCS) categories which

are in line with DOC’s conservation status and the methodology we

categorise by. See our NZTCS breakdown on our website.

50

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Sustainable water resources
Freshwater system health

Generating renewable electricity relies on our

natural resources, such as water, but it can also

interrupt what nature intended. For example,

a hydro dam can block the natural migration

path of native f reshwater fish such as tuna (eels)

and kanakana (lamprey). That’s why we run

initiatives as part of our Native Fish Management

Programme, like the annual trap-and-transfer

programme on the Clutha Mata-Au river in the

South Island.

Young tuna, or elver, make their way up the

purpose-built ramps at the Roxburgh dam, where

we relocate them above the dam throughout the

upper Clutha Mata-Au. We also give the adult

tuna a helping hand to migrate to the Pacific

Ocean (often as far as Tonga). This year we have

been investigating a trap-and-transfer system for

kanakana so we can support their migration too.

We collaborate with the Department of

Conservation (DoC) and the National Institute

of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA) to

develop and continually improve these passage

systems. In FY24, 95.5 kilogram of elver were

successfully trapped and transferred above the

Roxburgh dam. This number is down on previous

years, which our data suggests may be due to

lower river water temperatures.

This year we established the Clutha Mata-Au

Sportsfish and Habitat Trust to help us meet

our consent conditions for the Roxburgh Dam.

The purpose of the Trust is to commission

a programme to establish a self-sustaining

population of salmon, a target spawning run of

approximately 5000 adult salmon to the lower

Clutha, and to enhance the sports fish habitat


in the lower river and tributaries.


This agreement with Contact is a huge

step forward. Tens of thousands of

salmon used to run up the Clutha River

in the 1940s and 50s and that migration,

along with upstream and downstream

movements of other introduced and

native fish species, was interrupted by

the dam projects. We’re grateful that

Contact has acknowledged that loss

to anglers and is making good on it.


Ian Hadland

Chief Executive, Otago Fish & Game

Our areas of operation across the country,

according to the World Wildlife Fund (WWF)

Water Risk Filter, are considered as ‘very low risk’.

WWF Water Risk Filter is a screening tool used

by corporate and portfolio-level companies, and

investors, to help identify, prioritise, understand

and take action in water-stressed areas.

Water impacts at Wairakei

Freshwater system health

Although our geothermal sites rely on water

for cooling and drilling, we avoid impacts on

biodiversity where possible. In line with our

consent requirements, at Wairakei we will stop

discharging cooling water into the Waikato River

no later than 2031. As we develop plans for the

long-term operation of the Wairakei steamfield

beyond June 2026 (see Decarbonise our portfolio),

we will undertake a number of environmental

improvements, including ceasing the discharge of

separated geothermal water to the Waikato River.

Our Water Commitment, documenting our

approach to water and the process behind our

mahi, is available on our website.

We engage suitably qualified and experienced

experts to undertake the appropriate

environmental assessments relating to our

discharges and the impacts these may have on

the environment. Controls (or consent conditions)

are imposed on Contact, including ongoing

monitoring and sampling, to ensure we manage

our discharges to an appropriate level.

In June 2024, power was lost to the Wairakei site

auxiliary plant, which includes the Bioreactor.


The Bioreactor contains bacteria that remove

hydrogen sulphide (H

2

S) f rom the cooling water

discharged f rom the Wairakei Power Station.


As a result of the power failure, the cooling

water discharge bypassed the Bioreactor and

directly entered the Waikato River resulting


in an exceedance of H

2

S being discharged.

During the outage, Contact kept Iwi (including

Tūwharetoa Māori Trust Board, Ngāti Tahu

Ngāti Whaoa Rūnanga, Ngā Kaihautū, Wairakei

hapū, Tauhara Hapū) and the Waikato Regional

Council (WRC) informed of the progress to restore

the power supply and undertook regular H

2

S

monitoring.

Contact will be instigating an investigation and

Learning Event to review and assess the incident.

Iwi will also be invited to attend the Learning Event.

The incident is still under investigation by WRC.

51

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Building relationships
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

In striving to be a good neighbour, Contact

acknowledges both our people and our place.

Tangata whenua, the people of the land, are

fundamental to both, with their deep knowledge of

how we can collectively care for our home and the

resources within it. We are committed to working

collaboratively with tangata whenua to achieve

mutually beneficial outcomes and have a positive

impact on all New Zealanders and the place we


call home.

This year we invested time to ref resh our

understanding of what matters most to our

iwi, hapū and hapori neighbours. Kaitiakitanga

(protection of the environment), creating shared

value, working in partnership, and growing

Contact’s cultural capability emerged as key


focus areas to enhance our relationships.

Existing hydro operations and new development

projects in Te Wai Pounamu (South Island) have

increased our engagement and involvement

with Ngāi Tahu, the landscape and region.

Through collaboration with Papatipu Runaka and

Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu we have established

an agreement that will guide us to grow and

strengthen the way we work together.

Key to our work with Ngāi Tahu has been the role of

Te Ao Marama Inc (TAMI) and Aukaha, the consenting

entities whose expertise and facilitation ensure

Contact’s relationship with mana whenua identifies

and addresses the cultural impacts of consenting.

The Cultural Impact Assessment (CIA) completed

for Southland Wind Farm strengthened our

understanding of the important cultural values

for Papatipu Rūnaka and the role they can play

alongside us in protecting and sustaining the

environment for future generations.

In our hydro operations, the Cultural Values

Assessment (CVA) has highlighted opportunities

to ensure our consent conditions for the

Bannockburn inlet consider the important aspects

of place and people in the Landscape and Visual

Amenity Management Plan (LVAMP).

This year we made progress with the Mata-Au

Trust to represent mana whenua interests in the

Clutha Hydro scheme. Three new Trustees were

appointed, and the current focus is on building

the Trust’s capacity to create a work programme

to advance the five key areas of importance to

mana whenua. Contact have committed additional

funding for the Trust to employ a project manager,

ensuring appropriate work plans and goals are set

and monitored.

Further North, at Wairakei, the Wairakei

Relationship Group made significant progress

in their kaitiaki aspirations. The addition of a

dedicated project manager funded by Contact

has contributed to an overarching Taiao Plan

aimed at restoring the environmental, cultural,

and spiritual health and wellbeing of the Wairakei

Geothermal Reservoir including cultural sites of

significance and geothermal vegetation on private

land. Medium and longer-term ecological goals

have been set by hapū and regular hui ensure we

continue to work towards these goals.

Across the Waikato River, at Tauhara we are

making good progress on reaching an agreement

with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara which has an intrinsic

connection to the Tauhara geothermal field,

taonga and tupuna through whakapapa. Even

though the ongoing mitigation negotiations have

yet to reach a mutually beneficial agreement,

we value the many hours Tauhara members and

advisors have dedicated and we are optimistic of

concluding an enduring and intergenerational

agreement with them.

At Ohaaki, we continue to draw strength f rom

the deep and respectful relationship foundations

established through working with the Ngati Tahu

Landowner Collective over the years. Together,


we are seeking new ways of being in partnership to

address the subsidence impacts of our operations

on their whenua (land). For the first time, we

opened the gates of the Ohaaki plant to Ngāti

Tahu whānau to see our operations firsthand and

the work we do with their taonga. Hapū members

commented on the positive whanaungatanga and

whakapapa at the whānau day as a relaxing way

for whānau to connect, see the power station and

enjoy Contact’s manaakitanga (hospitality).

Moving west to Stratford, we continue to grow

our relationship with Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti

Maru through our existing operations and as

we explore new renewable energy projects in

the region. We have formed a Kaitiaki Roopu of

representatives f rom Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti Maru

which will become an active partner in managing

the environment and cultural impacts of our

operations.

Effectiveness is measured by the success of the

relationships. Over the past twelve months we

have been working towards developing a Tangata

Whenua Framework. This has been both an

introspective look at what we do well and where

we need to improve, but also have included hui

and kōrero with tangata whenua in making sure

that we are building a effective and progressive

f ramework that recognises their aspiration

alongside our own.

We are growing our understanding of what it

means to be a good neighbour, standing on the

whenua with iwi, hapū and hapori. We are proud

of the openness and transparency we bring to

these kōrero and are committed to ensuring that

we create mutual benefit f rom our relationship

together.

Mā pango mā pango, ka oti ai te mahi.

Working together will get the job done.

52

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Operational Excellence
Asset management

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Our growth is anchored in the foundation of

robust business-as-usual operations and asset

management. We take seriously our responsibility

to monitor, manage, and maintain the $4.9 billion

in fixed assets under our stewardship as we add

our newest geothermal assets at Tauhara and


Te Huka 3. We will continue to grow through

new and existing assets as we deliver on our

commitment to lead the decarbonisation of the

country.

This year, we gained ISO 55000 certification for all

our wholesale assets covering our diverse range


of thermal, hydro, and geothermal stations.


Achieving the ISO 55000 asset

management certification for all our

sites and corporate operations is an

important step in our journey to

become world-leading in both our

asset management and the way

we do business.

Mike Fuge

Contact CEO

Investing in asset resilience and

sustainability

It is critical for our environment, local communities,

and the public that Contact’s inf rastructure

remains safe and resilient. We ensure safety

requirements are met throughout each asset’s

operational life, identifying opportunities for cost

savings and efficiency improvement as well


as putting in place measures to prevent harm.

Our rolling programme of technical risk assessment

considers climate change and continuous

improvement of process safety as fundamental


to ensuring safe and reliable operations.

Continuing a theme raised last year; we expect

wholesale electricity price volatility to increase as

New Zealand builds more intermittent electricity

generation. This has been exacerbated over the

past year by recent gas supply shortages.

In response to these factors, we are three years

into a five-year programme of accelerated stay-in-

business capital expenditure that is designed, in-

part, to provide enhanced reliability and resilience

of our generation assets.

We have continued our programme of hydro

station renewal at both Clyde and Roxburgh.

At our Clyde station we are planning to install

two more transformers over the next two years.

At our Roxburgh hydro station, the transformer

replacement programme is complete with the last

two transformers installed. We are also replacing

four of the eight turbines at Roxburgh that will see

a 44GWh uplift in hydro generation (under mean

hydro conditions) delivering more renewable energy

to New Zealand homes. The four new units will be

installed progressively over the next two years, with

the first scheduled for completion in late 2024.  



Our gas peaking plant at Stratford remains a key

component of the New Zealand electricity system,

providing fast-start electricity supply in the periods

of highest demand. Two peakers sustained engine

damage during the year, and we’re working

with the manufacturer to get them repaired and

returned to our plant as quickly as possible. In the

meantime, we have altered the way we operate the

peakers to ensure they are reliable and available

when New Zealand needs them most.

Investing in spare components is a critical part of

ensuring generation asset reliability and resilience.

As we have built the new Tauhara and Te Huka 3


geothermal power stations, we have drawn on

experience f rom our existing sites to best balance

availability of the new stations against the cost of

holding spares. Fleet-wide, we evaluate site specific

spares risks f rom supply chains, ageing equipment

and obsolescence to ensure our generation sites

can return to service quickly should a failure occur.  

This year we have also invested in enhancing


the sustainability of our geothermal operations.

Ellie Krause, Senior Drilling Engineer

at 2024 NZ Geothermal Week.

53

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

We have carbon capture and reinjection technology
fully operational at our Te Huka 1 and 2 power

stations, and it is also part of our new plant at


Te Huka 3. We are developing a roadmap for further

carbon capture and reinjection applications across

the geothermal portfolio. Attention has now turned

to the development of a commercial opportunity


at Ohaaki, for the capture and processing of

carbon for the domestic supply of food grade CO

2

.

See Grow demand.

Digitisation

Over the past three years, we have transformed

our retail business to give customers more control

and streamline and improve our operations.


Now, 80 percent of all service interactions take

place through our digital channels (compared

with 35 percent in 2021). This has enabled us to add

36,000 new customer connections in the past year

while maintaining what we believe is one of the

lowest retail cost-to-serve in the market.

Using the confidence and capability we have

developed for our customer-facing retail business,

we are now well down the path of digitalising

our trading business. This year we are focused

on automating our energy trading operations by

rolling out a trade deal capture platform – the first

major generator to complete this in New Zealand.

This system allows us to manage our trading

commitments for electricity, gas and carbon in one

centralised platform while paving the way for new

requirements like Power Purchase Agreements


and other contracts we see coming to the future

New Zealand market.

In our generation business, we are digitising


our geothermal operations, by deploying advanced

analytics to provide real-time data on the condition

of our wells and production output. Our new

Tauhara and Te Huka 3 power stations are using

these models, with Wairakei and Te Mihi coming on

next. Over time, we will monitor all our assets within

this f ramework, which will enable us to manage

maintenance and production to optimise the

performance of each asset without additional cost.

We are making good progress with Artificial

Intelligence (AI), with our AI strategy approved by

the Board, AI governance established, and use cases

delivered across several areas of the business. An AI

hackathon in March 2024 saw 41 ideas generated

across the business, with six finalists working with

Amazon Web Services. The winning concept in the

hackathon uses machine learning and AI to predict

geothermal well maintenance to improve efficiency

and asset health. We have also provided Contact

employees with access to AI tools in a secure

environment in which to experiment and learn.

Securing sensitive information

We take great care to protect the personal

information entrusted to us, which is one of our

key information security goals. As a result of an

audit this year against internationally recognised

standards, we have extended our ability to

dynamically classify confidential and personal

information. We have measurably improved


our information protection and our ability to

respond and recover f rom malicious activity.

As well as implementing technical controls to

protect information, we have also focused on

information management governance. Our

ongoing security improvement plan aims to:

+ improve the resilience and security of our

organisation and the information, systems


and services we provide

+ target key areas for ongoing improvement

+ increase our security maturity through our

annual cybersecurity programme.

Protecting privacy

We take seriously our responsibility to protect and

respect all the personal information we manage.

We continuously monitor and test our privacy

settings to ensure they provide the optimal level

of protection for our customers. During FY24

we updated our customer privacy policy and

careers privacy policy for greater clarity, and we

ref reshed our online privacy training module for

our people. This is augmented by regular in-

person privacy training sessions for our customer

service representatives to maintain a high level of

awareness.

Our Privacy Committee ensures we have a

coordinated approach to governing and managing

privacy across the business. Led by Chief Corporate

Affairs Officer Chris Abbott, the committee

comprises senior leaders f rom People Experience,

Retail, ICT and Legal. It meets every two months to

review privacy and drive a privacy-focused culture.

It convenes immediately to plan a response for any

breaches deemed moderate or greater.

54

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Transformative
ways of working

We’re creating a workplace where all

our people can thrive. A big part of

that is making sure we put our energy

where it matters, which is building

a better Aotearoa New Zealand and

being a leader in the decarbonisation

of our country.

Our regular people experience survey shows we’re

making good progress. In June 2024, employee

engagement increased f rom 8.3/10 to 8.4/10 and

our employee Net Promoter Score (a measure of

those who would recommend working at Contact)

increased to +55 f rom +51 last year. This puts us in

the top quartile of all energy and utilities businesses

around the world.

“It’s a great work culture, helpful colleagues and

engaging leaders, flexible work arrangements,


and we’re encouraged to speak our mind,” says

Contact employee in the people experience survey.

Growing your whānau

A thriving workforce

Now in its second year, our Growing Your Whānau

parental leave policy is having a positive impact

through supporting our team members who are

starting or adding to their whānau.

Around 52 team members have taken up the policy

as the primary carer this year, with a further nine

enjoying the partner benefits.

This comprehensive policy supports anyone


who is the primary caregiver for a child under six,

f rom the early days through to returning to work.

The benefits for primary carers include:

+ salary top-up for the 26-week parental leave period

+ 3 percent KiwiSaver employer contributions for

the duration of parental leave

+ 6 months working 80 percent of their normal

hours with 100 percent salary

+ $5,000 (before tax) childcare koha

+ 10 days paid special leave for pregnancy-related

appointments

+ 3 months f ree electricity through our Fourth

Trimester scheme

+ pre-prepared meals on the arrival of baby.

And for partners:

+ four weeks paid leave which can be taken

flexibly over 13 months

+ 3 months f ree electricity through our Fourth

Trimester scheme

+ pre-prepared meals on the arrival of baby.

Growing your Whānau won the Wellbeing Award at

the 2023 Energy Excellence Awards, with the judges

commenting:

“The policy is extraordinary in its empowerment of

whānau. It enables flexibility and choice for families

to design a support system that works for them.

It also seeks to address the stigma and potential

career implications for women choosing to have kids.”

Jordan Dodwell

Head of Planning and Prioritisation,

Generation and trading

When Jordan was expecting her third child,

she and her husband knew the challenges

of a single income. Contact’s Growing Your

Whānau policy took the pressure off.

“It was an instant relief. Being on my full salary

for six months meant we could continue the

older children’s activities, and not cut back.”

“All the little things – food packages, the f ree

power for three months – felt like Contact was

as excited as I was about the baby. I felt very

supported.”

The week Micah was born, Jordan was offered

another job at Contact, which was kept open

for her while she was on parental leave.

“When I came back it was a huge help working

80 percent of my normal hours while getting

paid for full time. It’s such a big adjustment

returning f rom parental leave. Now I’m full

time, I’m grateful for the flexibility to work f rom

home when needed, to help with the juggle of

three kids.”

55

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Inclusion and Diversity
A thriving workforce

To achieve our vision to build a better Aotearoa

New Zealand, we need to reflect the diversity of

our customers and communities. To do this we

are building a culture where inclusion is deeply

embedded as part of our Tikanga, through our

Inclusion and Diversity Policy and related strategy,

so our people can truly be themselves.

Over 350 team members are now involved in

our four employee networks (Women, Māori and

Pasifika, Pride, and Wellbeing).

The Women’s Network runs a monthly speaker

series to inspire and educate Contact women on

their career journey, while the Māori and Pasifika

network provides a safe and supportive space

for members to create belonging and celebrate

culture and identity.

Among the many initiatives run by the Wellbeing

network is coffee roulette, focused on creating

connections across Contact for team members

who may otherwise never meet.

Our Pride network participated in Sweat with Pride

this year, raising $12,572 to directly support the

wellbeing of rainbow communities, through the

Burnett Foundation Aotearoa which funds projects

in partnership with RainbowYOUTH, OutLine, and

InsideOUT. The next step in our journey to support

our Rainbow+ community has seen us move to the

Pride Pledge this year. The Pride Pledge will help

us deepen our work in inclusion and belonging,

building on a strong foundation established

through five years of Rainbow Tick accreditation.

Our diversity statistics suggest our workforce may

lack diverse voices, and some of our communities

may be under-represented. We continue to focus

on making targeted improvements to build a

diverse and inclusive team to better represent our

communities.

1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for

Contact only, Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.

2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.

Ethnicity

1

Māori

0

250

50

200

300

400

150

100

350

450

500

550

Pasifika

Asian

European

Other

AMELA

2

Undisclosed

2024 2023

Following extensive engagement with our people

through our networks, contact centres and site

meetings, we’re now well down the path of

reimagining our inclusion and diversity strategy.

Our new strategy will look at how we meaningfully

support our team across various life stages – new-

to-work, mid-life, and approaching retirement,

acknowledging the diverse opportunities and

challenges posed at each of these stages. We’ll

also consider accessibility and disability, as well as

continuing our work with Women, the Rainbow+

community, and Māori and Pasifika.

Our Women's Network celebrated International

Women's Day across the motu.

56

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS











Gender Balance

A thriving workforce

We partner with Global Women on the Champions

for Change reporting initiative which monitors

the progress of participating organisations

towards our shared goal of gender balance which

is 40:40:20 (representing the percentage of

men:women:open).

Of our seven-strong Board, three are women. In our

leadership team, two of the 10 are women. While

we acknowledge we have improvements to make,

we are pleased to see an increase of women in

senior management

1

roles f rom 26 percent in

FY23 to 31 percent this year, and an increase

to 45.3 percent women in our overall workforce.

Mind the Gap, which measures the median pay

gap between men and women, has found we –

along with the rest of the energy industry – face a

long-term challenge. At Contact our median pay

gap has decreased to 42.2 percent, but the gap still

reflects the composition of our workforce which is

predominantly female in our contact centre and

predominantly male in our power station sites with

many highly skilled, highly paid roles, which you can

read more about in Contact’s pay reporting. We are

focusing our diversity and inclusion initiatives to help

close this gap and we are collaborating across the

industry to try and address the challenge together.












Developing our people

A thriving workforce

We have a strong focus on leadership development

in recognition of leaders’ deep impact on our

people’s overall experience at work.

Our Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora Leadership Development

programme, co-designed with leaders for leaders,

launched in early 2024. The nine-month programme

has two pathways: one for early career and emerging

leaders, and the other for more experienced senior

leaders. Thirty-two leaders are taking part in the two

pilot cohorts, and we have plans for an additional


48 leaders to join new cohorts during the year.

Early feedback on the programme has been positive.

It was so amazing to know I am not

alone facing these challenges.

Contact participant on pilot programme

Contact University, our online learning portal, is

available to all team members offering academies,

courses, webinars, podcasts and videos. In the last

12 months, 14,744 courses have been completed by

Contact, Simply Energy, and Western Energy team

members.

Building our pipeline of future

talent

A thriving workforce

To build a strong pipeline of future talent we need

to understand the current skills and expertise

within our business and build strong talent

communities in areas where we have critical skills

gaps and opportunities.

We remain focused on creating opportunities for

people early in their careers, and we’re getting

noticed. In February 2024, graduate recruitment

specialist Prosple named Contact the most sought-

after energy and utilities employer for graduates

and second overall in New Zealand.

Eleven new graduates, including six women, joined

our team in 2024 spanning engineering, data

science, communications, economics, statistics,

and software development. Our ref reshed graduate

programme is now in its fourth year, enabling

recent graduates to gain skills by rotating across

different areas of the business over an 18-month

period before settling into their permanent role.

To date 27 recent graduates have taken part in our

graduate programme.

We hired four apprentices into our generation and

trading team this year, and 10 summer interns.



Contact’s graduate programme is a

great stepping stone to get into the

renewable energy industry after leaving

university. The programme has allowed

me to learn different aspects in the

geothermal world not only limited to

my degree, while receiving plenty of

support along the way.

Flavia Purnomo

Engineering graduate

Gender

(Contact and Western Energy)

Gender

Board and Leadership Team

Age diversity

(Contact and Western Energy)

FY24FY23FY24FY23

Men

53.3%

Men

53.5%

Women

45.3%

Women

45.4%

Undisclosed

1.4%

Undisclosed


1.1%

FY23FY24

Under 30

18%

Under 30

18%

30–50

50%

30–50

51%

Over 50

31%

Over 50

30%

Undisclosed

1%

Undisclosed


1%

FY24FY23

Women

4

Men

3

Board

Leadership Team

Women

3

Men

4

Men

8

Men

8

Women

2

Women

2

1

Senior management is as per the Diversity Reporting Framework

which has been developed by Global Women which facilitates

Champions for Change and is used by Champion organisations.

57

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

As part of our strategy to grow our diversity and
increase our representation of women, Māori

and Pasifika at Contact, we have partnered with

charity First Foundation and will be sponsoring a

First Foundation scholar this year. First Foundation

supports bright young Kiwis whose circumstances

make it harder to attend university, by providing

financial assistance, paid work experience, and

a dedicated mentor. It is a four-year programme

that helps rangatahi navigate the final year of

school, transition into university and then on to

a meaningful career. The charity’s purpose is to

improve each student's opportunities in life, giving

them the support and professional networks many

of us take for granted. 

Health and safety

A thriving workforce

Health and safety is deeply embedded into the

culture at Contact and it is everyone’s responsibility

to think about how to complete their work safely

and find ways of making it even safer.

As part of our commitment to continuously improve

our safety culture, we’re halfway through a three-

year safety leadership and citizenship programme

for all leaders and team members in generation and

trading. Around 320 participants have completed

the programme so far. With a focus on developing

skills to take control of our own safety and leading


a safe culture, the programme has been a hit,

with 99 percent of participants saying they learned

something they could immediately apply to their role.

In late 2023, we launched Protect@Contact, a

mobile-f riendly website to host our safety-critical

documentation. Created following workshops

with our sites, it helps overcome the document

overload our team members and contractors often

experienced. Written in plain language, it enables

users to quickly and easily find the material they

need based on the safety critical work they’re doing.

We encourage contractors to access Protect@

Contact through QR codes at our sites and our

people also have the QR code on their hard hats.

Using QR codes means contractors can quickly

scan to find the information they need.

We presented the website to WorkSafe who

commented it is a “step change in approach to

making important information accessible when


it’s needed at the work f ront.”

Protect@Contact was a finalist in the Safeguard

New Zealand Workplace Health & Safety Awards

2024. At the same awards, our Tauhara team was

recognised for their approach to wellbeing at the

Tauhara project site. Their win recognised the

team’s holistic and proactive approach to wellbeing

which ensured everyone who worked on the

project was aware and had access to the wellbeing

services they needed.

Health and Safety was represented in the Contact-

wide AI hackathon in March 2024. Work continues

to find ways of using AI to make connections

between multiple systems leading to greater

insights and improvement opportunities.

Process safety 

Safe and resilient infrastructure

At Contact, process safety means thinking about

what can go wrong, building barriers to stop major

events occurring, and continuously checking to


see that these barriers remain in place.  

This year we have been working with other

generators and Transpower to prepare for

significant solar weather events which could

impact the electrical distribution grid. These

preparations were put to the test earlier than

planned with the solar storm in April 2024,


which the industry successfully navigated.   

Our Safe to Run programme continues to evaluate

our generation stations and implement programmes

of work to improve process safety. This year we: 

+ Completed the design of process safety

improvements for Te Mihi, which will be installed

in November 2024

+ Received regulatory approval for our safety case

for the Te Huka binary power station, including

the new Te Huka 3 power station

+ Worked with the industry through StayLive, and

authored an industry standard approach for

the implementation of the bowtie risk analysis

toolset for New Zealand generators  

+ Updated the bowtie risk analysis for all thermal

and hydroelectric sites using the updated

StayLive toolset. The geothermal sites will be

reviewed in this way in FY25.

FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24

Tier 100000

Tier 222304

Tier 32449402840

Tier 1 – a significant loss of containment of hazardous material

or energy.

Tier 2 – a lesser loss of primary containment or a significant

degradation of barriers.

Tier 3 – learning event where issues have been identified in our

process safety barriers or controls.

Note: This table represents the number of process safety incidents

across our operations.

Process safety

58

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Simply Integration
A thriving workforce

Simply Energy – focused on helping commercial

and industrial businesses move to a low carbon

future – amalgamated into the Contact business

f rom 1 April 2024, after being a wholly-owned

subsidiary since 2020.

Contact welcomed over 50 Simply Energy team

members with specialist skills in commercial

electrification, business development, modelling,

business-to-business marketing and more. A small


number of roles were disestablished where

efficiencies were achieved f rom Contact's support

services and due to a narrowing focus of Simply’s

business areas to focus on higher value market areas.

Simply Energy, now part of Contact, will retain

its name and brand but will no longer trade as a

separate legal entity.

Wellbeing

A thriving workforce

Since receiving the Wellbeing Tick accreditation

in 2023, our efforts have focused on building

initiatives based on employee insights, which gives

us confidence we’re doing the things that really

matter to Contact people.

We have reduced the stigma around mental health

by promoting the app and counselling support

offered by our partner Clearhead which has resulted

in more of our people seeking help when they need

it. Now eight percent have used the counselling

services (a six percent increase since launch in

November 2022).

This year we have also:

+ Launched modules for our leaders to build

their skills in having open conversations about

wellbeing challenges

+ Empowered the Wellbeing network to run events

and create resources to build wellbeing across

the Contact team

Surveys show our efforts are making a difference,

with our results improving year-on-year and sitting

above the industry benchmark.

“Offering Clearhead makes me feel Contact

understands that sometimes our role, along with

other things, can take a toll on us. The fact that they

enable us to use a service like this shows they care.”


Contact employee in the people experience survey

In August 2024 the Wellbeing Tick organisation will

assess Contact once again, enabling us to track our

progress and map the next set of activities.

Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora

We’re now two years into our enterprise

prioritisation programme Mau Taniwha, Mauri

Ora, which broadly translates to Harness Energy,

Create Wellbeing. The Mau Taniwha processes

and f ramework ensure we have the capacity and

capability to deliver on our Contact26 strategy for

sustained growth through focused execution.

We now have a strong prioritisation and delivery

capability, with every initiative in the business

aligned with our strategic goals, sponsored by a

leadership team member with allocated budget

and resource to ensure progress can be tracked.

Each quarter our leadership team reviews our

committed initiatives, with the ability to flex

activity up or down based on new demands or

opportunities.

Workstream leads across Contact have been

instrumental in embedding Mau Taniwha,


helping team members understand the ways

of working, and ensuring we’re making best use

of all resources across the business in line with

our strategy.

Janie Evans, coaching

conversation lead, Levin

Contact offers f ree skin checks to all team

members as part of our Wellbeing programme.

In the first two years, these skin checks have

found six early malignant melanomas, and three

squamous cell carcinomas. Here’s Janie’s story.




About 18 months ago I noticed a small lesion

on my face. Two skin checks by medical

professionals found it was nothing to worry about.

A few months later, I noticed it changed shape

a little, so I went to Contact’s f ree skin check.

The specialist had a really detailed look and

said, ‘I don’t like the look of that, I’d like to send

you to get it fully checked.’

Two weeks later I had an appointment at the

skin cancer centre in Levin who told me it was

a basal cell carcinoma.

When the plastic surgeon removed it, I ended

up with 40 stitches and a skin graft – the size of

the scar would have distorted my face without

the graft.

I’m super grateful to Contact for offering the

f ree skin checks, otherwise I’d probably still have

it on my face, and it would have kept growing.

59

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

About us
60

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

60

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

60

Our Board
In the Governance matters section of this report we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of strategic skills.

You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.

Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding and strong experience across the boardroom table.

Their governance sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the

hard questions until they are satisfied with decisions, help us to seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the

interests of all our stakeholders.

Rob McDonald

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR

Appointed director November 2015

Member of the People Committee

Sandra Dodds

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director September 2021

Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

David Gibson

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director February 2024

Member of the Audit and Risk Committee

Jon Macdonald

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director November 2018

Chair of the People Committee

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director March 2021

Member of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee, and People

Committee

David Smol

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director October 2018

Member of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee, and Audit and

Risk Committee

Elena Trout

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Appointed director October 2016

Chair of the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee

61

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our leadership team
You can find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.

Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and

timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions and prospects.

They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders. They manage the day-to-day

operations of our people and our resources to ensure we operate effectively and efficiently.

Mike Fuge

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Joined 2020

Chris Abbott

CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER

Joined 2019

Joined leadership team Dec 2021

Jack Ariel

MAJOR PROJECTS DIRECTOR

Joined Apr 2021

Jan Bibby

CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER

Joined 2019

Matt Bolton

CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER

Joined 2009

Joined leadership team Mar 2021

John Clark

CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER

Joined 2018

Joined leadership team Feb 2022

Dorian Devers

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

Joined 2018

Iain Gauld

CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER

Joined 2017

Joined leadership team Sep 2021

Jacqui Nelson

CHIEF DEVELOPMENT OFFICER

Joined 2004

Joined leadership team Jul 2020

Tighe Wall

CHIEF TRANSFORMATION AND

DIGITAL OFFICER

Joined 2020

Joined leadership team Sep 2021

62

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

External influences
Our ability to create value for our

shareholders is affected by global

influences, such as economic conditions

and climate change, as well as local

factors including the cost of living and

New Zealand’s regulatory environment.

The energy trilemma

The World Energy Council’s Energy Trilemma is a

set of objectives to guide energy policy, and it’s a

useful reference for making sure we’re putting our

energy where it really matters.

The Energy Trilemma comprises:

+Energy Security – ensuring the security and

reliability of energy supplies.

+Energy Sustainability – decarbonising energy

production.

+Energy Affordability – minimising the cost of

energy to consumers.

New Zealand continues to rate well in this index

with a AAA score (an ‘A’ for each metric above), and

an overall ranking of ninth in the world. However,

globally, the World Energy Council’s 2024 report

has found the aftermath of Covid-19 lockdowns

and Europe’s energy crisis have contributed to

deteriorating energy security worldwide.

“Like other countries, New Zealand’s security score

was downgraded in the 2024 report and this can

be attributed partly to our gas sector on the brink

of a shortfall and the electricity sector grappling

with rising peak demand and blackout risks.


To enhance security, New Zealand must diversify

energy sources beyond fossil fuels and invest in

resilience. Transparency on our climate target

costs is also crucial.” Tina Schirr, Energy Council

Executive Director, BusinessNZ.

The energy sector around the world is grappling

with enhancing energy security, navigating risks,

and balancing those risks with new opportunities.

Here in New Zealand as a business and as an

industry we have a duty of care to look after our

customers and ensure everyone can rely on a

continuous supply of electricity when they need it.

We also have a responsibility to deliver affordable

electricity, and to look after the most vulnerable,


as we decarbonise electricity generation.

At Contact we are working hard with customers,

and industry, to move energy use off peak and

help with a more resilient energy system as we

transition to an electric economy.

Regulatory Environment

Resource management reform

The New Zealand Government has started on a

reform programme of the Resource Management

system. A new Fast Track Approvals Bill is currently

before Select Committee, and there have been two

proposed amendments to the RMA this year alone.

Contact is broadly supportive of these changes.


A more supportive consenting environment will be

necessary to keep up with the expected growth in

demand for electricity as the economy decarbonises.

This does not change our commitment to be a

responsible long-term partner and environmental

steward in the regions we operate, including

continuing to engage in good faith with local

people, mana whenua and other stakeholders.

Fuel security

Recent updates f rom the Gas Industry Company

have indicated that New Zealand’s gas reserves are

declining at a faster rate than expected, and that

“insufficient gas is available to meet all contracted

demand”.

1

In the coming year Contact is confident we have

sufficient gas to cover our generation needs, but

the change in supply will have a wider impact on

the electricity industry and is expected to affect

availability of gas to the end of the decade. We are

working with suppliers to ensure we have adequate

supply available f rom 2026 onwards.

We are working constructively with government


on how best to navigate a change in gas reserves,

with a focus on ensuring ongoing security of

electricity supply.

Lines company charges

In May the Commerce Commission released its

draft decision on the revenue caps for Transpower

and local distribution companies f rom 2025 to 2030.

The draft decision signals significant increases

in allowable revenue of around 24 percent for

electricity distribution businesses and 15 percent

for Transpower in the first regulatory year, and

smaller changes in the following four years.

If the final decisions are consistent with the draft

decisions, the Commission estimates the transmission

and distribution component of a household’s

electricity bill will increase, on average, by $15 per

month for affected networks in 2025. This represents

an additional $180 per year on average across most

of New Zealand.

This is in line with Contact’s expectations and these

changes are reflected in our forecasts and plans.

Other regulation

We continue to stay engaged with the government

and regulators on topics with a longer-term horizon,

including proposals regarding the Emissions Trading

Scheme, work on the Customer and Product Data

Bill, and the work of the Electricity Authority.

1

https://www.gasindustry.co.nz/assets/DMSDocumentsOld/

quarterly-reports/Quarterly-Report-March-2024.pdf

63

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Contact26 – Building a better Aotearoa New ZealandCapitals
Nature

Grow demand for renewable electricity

Relationships

Decarbonise our portfolio

People

Grow renewable development

Assets

Enable our strategy through strong ESG practices,

transformative ways of working, and operational

excellence

Finance

Create outstanding customer experiences

Creating value

We’re putting our energy where it matters most;

to create a better Aotearoa New Zealand.

Nature

Using, caring for and

managing natural resources

and environmental assets are

fundamental parts of Contact’s

business. This includes water,

biodiversity, geothermal

steam/fluid, gas, air quality,

land, carbon, pest control

and ecosystem impacts.

People

The expertise, competence

and passion of everyone f rom

our Board and Leadership

Team through to those in our

offices and sites underpin our

operations. Our approach is

embodied in our Tikanga.

This includes how we work

together, manage risks, look

for improvements and treat

each other with respect.

Relationships

Our social licence to operate

relies on myriad relationships

within and between our

communities, stakeholders

and networks. It relies on

building goodwill and earning

trust with all our stakeholders

including tangata whenua,

customers, communities,

investors, regulators, media,

suppliers and our own people.

Finance

We have a pool of funds that

we deploy to produce and

deliver energy, serve our

customers and undertake all our

other activities. This has been

generated through our business

activities, investors and debt

arrangements, and relies on

us delivering on our strategy.

Assets

We use many physical and

intellectual assets to deliver

reliable, affordable and

environmentally sustainable

electricity. These include power

stations, offices, vehicles,

transmission/distribution

connectivity, our reputation,

website and application

software, IT systems, customer

databases, brands, licences and

internal ‘know-how’.

At Contact, we create value by:

+ Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets

+ Factoring in external environmental influences

+ Running our business activities in a way that is true to our Tikanga (principles),

vision and strategy, and overseen by good governance

+ Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy.

We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease or change during our business activity.

S

u

s

t

a

i

n

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

A

c

c

e

s

s

i

b

i

l

i

t

y

R

e

l

i

a

b

i

l

i

t

y

S

t

r

a

t

e

g

y

N

g

ā


T

i

k

a

n

g

a


G

o

v

e

r

n

a

n

c

e

S

t

a

k

e

h

o

l

d

e

r

s

E

n

v

i

r

o

n

m

e

n

t

64

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Identifying what matters most
We use the GRI standards and the Integrated

Reporting Framework to report on material ESG

activities, and provide a balanced view of our

performance. This year, Contact has published

our first Climate Statement under the Aotearoa

New Zealand Climate Standards. In addition, we

follow the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial

Disclosures TNFD – a market-led, science-based

and government-supported global initiative.


Our first disclosures under TNFD will be in 2025.

In 2022 we followed the GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

process, worked with independent consultants

Proxima to determine high and medium impacts,

and reported these in our 2022 Integrated Report

(pages 18 to 22).

In 2023 Proxima helped us understand a wide range

of stakeholder views and we adjusted our material

topics accordingly. This saw us consolidate the

topics, Renewable Energy Supply and Generation

Emissions into one theme, Grow Renewable

Development and reviewing our High and Medium

Impact topics (see page 65 of our 2023 Integrated

Report for more detail). Following best practice

guidance f rom ThinkStep and after internal review,

we determined these material topics are still

relevant for 2024. We will continue to review


this each year.

What we heard

Key themes f rom internal and external

conversations in 2023 continue to shape our

strategy and engagement. These include:

+ Contact can take a leadership role to help

address energy hardship.

+ Trust is growing in Contact’s ability to lead and

innovate, and stakeholders are hungry for more.

+ Contact’s community presence can be better

aligned with community expectations.

+ Risks f rom climate change impacts on energy

supply should be top-of-mind.

+ Expectations are growing for Contact to act

on broader biodiversity impacts.

Contact’s leadership team has reviewed this

work and approved the continuation of the 2023

material topics outlined below.

Material topics 2024

Generation emissions and renewable energy supply

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification

Freshwater systems health

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua

Community wellbeing

Energy wellbeing and equity

Reliable energy supply

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other

natural treasures

Safe and resilient inf rastructure

A thriving workforce

Customer wellbeing and trust

Sustainable procurement

Material topics

This report covers high and medium impact,

or material topics, which means we have used

the feedback f rom our external and internal

stakeholders to consider:

+How harmful or beneficial the impact is for

the stakeholders affected

+How widespread the impact is – how many

places or people are affected

+How long the effects last and how easily

they can be remediated

+How likely and severe are potential impacts.

65

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our operationsOur connections
Connections

by product type**

Volume sold

to customers*

Connections

by account type

575k

535k

46k49k

73k70k

109k

86k

5k6k

2.6

444k

434k

5.1

Electricity

Electricity TWh

Residential

Natural gas

Natural gas PJ

BusinessOther*

Telco

1,273

employees

FY23 1,242

625k

total customer connections

at 30 June 2024

At 30 June 2023 589k

56k

shareholders

FY23 58k

+

37

Customer Net Promoter

Score (Contact only)

FY23 +41

98%

gender pay equity

FY23 96%

947k

tCO

2

e Scope 1

Group emissions

FY23 527k

0

tier 1 process safety incidents

(Contact only)

FY23 0

9TWh

contracted electricity sales

(GXP vol)

FY23 8TWh

$2.6b

net assets

FY23 $2.8b

37c

per share dividend

FY23 35c

81%

renewable generation

FY23 93%

$97m

tax paid

FY23 $105m

$1.4m

spent in communities

(Contact only)

FY23 797k

2024

2023

* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial industrial

customers

** These connection figures include Simply Energy connections.

2.4

5.3

666666

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

2024 generation output by station and type*
Contact delivers

20 percent of

the country’s

electricity

generation.

***

3,628

(GWh)

1,620(GWh)

8.6TWh

total generated

Offices and call centres

Contact sites

Subsidiary

Geothermal power station

Hydroelectric power station

Storage lake

Simply Energy

CompleteUnder construction

Thermal power station

Battery storage

Solar

Western Energy

Where we are

Dunedin

Kōwhai

Park

Roxburgh

Clyde

Hawea

Wellington

Levin

Stratford

Auckland

Glenbrook

Whirinaki

Tauhara

Ohaaki

Te Mihi

Simply

Energy

Simply

Energy

Western


Energy

Wairakei

Te Huka

Te Huka

3

Poihipi

20%

Te Mihi

(155 MW)

Wairakei (124 MW)

Poihipi (53 MW)

Ohaaki (41 MW)

Te Huka (27 MW)

Tauhara** (174 MW)

Te Huka 3 (51 MW) Under construction

1,405

1,064

274

316

203

127

HydroelectricGeothermal

Roxburgh (320 MW)

Clyde (464 MW)

2,034

1,594

Stratford – Peakers (202 MW)

Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)

Whirinaki (158 MW)

Total renewable generation 7,016GWh

Total non-renewable generation 1,620GWh

1,395

1

223

This graph shows the relative size of generation output from each station during the FY24 year.

3,388

(GWh)

* Our capacity numbers are net capacity. ** First steam in May. *** Based on EMI data for generation by the market.

Thermal

67

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

1. We generate
We own and operate 11 power

stations and produce the majority

of our electricity from our

renewable hydro and geothermal

stations. Our natural gas and

diesel-fired power stations

operate to ensure the lights stay

on for New Zealanders when

intermittent renewable plants

cannot operate.

2. We trade

We sell the electricity we generate on

the wholesale market. We purchase

goods and services from more than

1,500 suppliers. We also trade

a range of financial products to

manage our risk and create value.

3. We innovate

We create smart solutions that

are good for people (tiaki tangata)

and the environment (tiaki taiao)

to help customers, partners,

suppliers and communities have

a better quality of life. We are

an innovative, safe and efficient

generator, actively working with

our customers, partners and

suppliers to improve energy

efficiency, reduce emissions

and fight climate change.

4. We sell and serve

As a retailer we sell products

and services to individuals and

businesses to meet their energy

and broadband needs. We have

around 625,000 connections.

Our supply chain

Our

impacts

Generation

Lines

companies

Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service

Generation emissions and

renewable energy supply

Protecting and restoring

biodiversity and other natural

treasures

Freshwater systems health

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Customer wellbeing and trustA thriving workforce

Customer wellbeing and trust

Sustainable procurement

Meaningful relationships with

tangata whenua

Generation emissions and

renewable energy supply

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Community wellbeing

Energy wellbeing and equity

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Freshwater systems health

Protecting and restoring

biodiversity and other natural

treasures

Community wellbeing

Safe and resilient infrastructure

Decarbonisation, demand

flexibility and electrification

Energy wellbeing and equity

Reliable energy supply

HIGH

MEDIUM

National

Grid

68

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Governance matters
69

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects the interests of all stakeholders and

enhances short-term and long-term value.

We regularly review our corporate governance

systems and always look for opportunities to improve.

We comply with the recommendations of the NZX

Corporate Governance Code in all material respects.

You can see our full reporting in our Corporate

Governance Statement on our website.

Our board

The Board's role and responsibilities

The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,

direction and performance.

Specific responsibilities include:

+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic

direction

+Approving major investments

+Monitoring financial performance

+Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and

senior management performance

+Identifying and controlling significant risks

+Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk

are in place along with approving Contact’s risk

capacity and tolerance

+Reviewing and approving compliance systems

+Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,

sustainable development, the community and

environment, and the health and safety of our

people.

Board composition

Contact’s Board comprises seven directors, with

a wide variety of skills, experience and points of

view. More information on the Contact Board,

including appointment dates and committee

memberships, and short biographies setting out

skills and experience of each director is available on

our website.

The Board considers all of the current directors,

including the Chair, to be independent in that they

are not executives of the company and do not have

a direct or indirect interest, position, association

or relationship that could reasonably influence

in a material way, their decisions in relation to

Contact. In making this assessment, the Board has

considered the NZX Listing Rules and the factors

in the NZX Corporate Governance Code that may

affect director independence.

To assist with succession planning and ensure the

appropriate skills and experience are represented,

the Board has developed a director skills matrix.

The matrix shows the areas in which the Board

considers director capability is required to enable

Contact’s success, and the expertise held by

current directors.

The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the

current skills held by the Board. It’s not expected

that every director will be an expert in every area,

but all skills in the matrix should be represented

on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good

spread of expertise and secondary skills among

current directors.

Board performance

We recognise the value of professional

development and the need for directors to remain

current in industry and corporate governance

matters. Contact assists directors with their

professional development in a number of ways,

including an induction programme for new

directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new

developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues

and Board study tours.

In April 2024 the directors undertook an Australian

study tour to learn more about renewable energy

and gain insights into relevant developments in the

Australian market, engage with experts on ways to

support decarbonisation and better-understand the

evolution of electricity product trading.

We regularly review the performance of the Board to

ensure the Board as a whole, and individual directors,

perform to a high standard. Comprehensive reviews

are carried out around every two years and the last

review was undertaken in 2022. Preparations for

a full independent Board performance review are

currently underway, evaluating Board, committee

and Director performance.

Board committees

The Board has three core committees to perform

work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.

Our Board works to the principle that committees

should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while

still retaining Board responsibility.

The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board

fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s

external financial reporting, internal control

environment, business assurance and external

audit functions, and risk management.


70

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Skills and experience categoryCapability
Strategy and Risk settings

Strategic oversight

Major projects oversight

Innovation and disruption oversight

Sustainability and environmental oversight

Mergers, acquisitions and divestments oversight

Technology, digital and data oversight

Risk management oversight

Stakeholders and People Leadership

Iwi and community relationships

Safety oversight

Energy Industry

Energy generation and markets

Energy/mass market consumers

Governance and Risk Management

CEO or (large scale) CxO experience

Financing/funding oversight

Corporate governance experience

Accounting and financial reporting oversight

Government and regulatory engagement oversight

Director skills matrix

Secondary

Primary

The Health, Safety and Environment Committee

supports the Board in relation to health, safety and

wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW

performance and provides governance oversight


of environmental sustainability matters.

The People Committee advises and supports

the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across

all aspects of Contact’s people and capability

strategies, risks, policies and practices including

remuneration..

From time-to-time, the Board may create ad-hoc

committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.

Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.

Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.

This reflects the importance all directors place on

ensuring the Board is performing well and has the

necessary skills.

The current members of the committees are:

CommitteeMembers

Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)

David Gibson

David Smol

Health, Safety and

Environment

Elena Trout (Chair)

David Smol

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)

Robert McDonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

Code of Conduct and policies

We expect all of our people to act honestly,

with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and

in accordance with the law, all the time. This

expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined

in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our

corporate policy f ramework. Our corporate policies

address key risks and set expected standards

of behaviour for our people. Information about

how our key policies operate is in our Corporate

Governance Statement and the policies themselves

71

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

are on our website. Each of our corporate policies
give reference to international standards or

commitments where applicable. The Code of

Conduct was ref reshed and strengthened in FY24

to enshrine our Tikanga, incorporate our core

policies and set out key behavioural principles and

requirements.

Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone

who works at Contact and its subsidiaries and sets

the expectation that our supply chain partners

will have similar policies in place, and/or meet

comparable standards.

Our compliance training f ramework governs

the way we allocate training on core policy areas

across the business. A range of management-level

committees has responsibility for specific policy

areas: for example, the Privacy Committee and the

Procurement Steering Group.

We implement our commitments through our

Procurement team processes – in particular,

the supplier management process and

implementation of the Supplier Code of Conduct.

Our mergers and acquisitions due diligence

approach includes responsible business practices.

We offer online training as well as tailored in-

person training to different business areas – for

example, Modern Slavery training for business

areas involved in higher risk areas. In FY24 we

developed an online Code of Conduct training

module which includes training on human rights

issues including wellbeing, health and safety,

bullying and harassment, and inclusion. We

developed an additional training module on health

and safety. Code of Conduct and Health and Safety

modules are mandatory for all Contact people.

Our Whistleblowing Policy which offers protections

for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing

in accordance with the process in the policy. Our

online whistleblower portal helps to ensure we’re

aware of any breaches of the Code of Conduct or

our policies, or any other illegal or unethical activity.

The portal is easily accessible and user f riendly –

anyone at Contact who is concerned about any

incident or behaviour can use the whistleblower

portal to report that matter, anonymously if they

choose. Whistleblower disclosures are reported

to the General Counsel and CEO and where

appropriate, to the Chair of the Board to investigate

and take appropriate action.

Our fourth Modern Slavery Statement sets out

the steps we have taken to identify, manage and

mitigate the specific risks of modern slavery in our

operations and supply chain. We did significant

work during FY24 to identify and review supply

chains in our higher-risk business areas, and we

established a modern slavery working group to

review and improve our processes across the

organisation. We also ref reshed our Supplier Code

of Conduct to better-clarify the behaviours we

expect f rom suppliers and outline the process


we will follow where expectations are not met. 

Risk management and assurance

Risk management

Our enterprise risk management f ramework

ensures we have appropriate systems in place

to identify, assess, treat, monitor and report

on material risks. We assign responsibility to

individuals to own and manage identified risks

and we monitor any material change to Contact’s

risk profile. Risk is managed throughout the

organisation in accordance with the Board’s


risk appetite statements.

Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework

is supported by a range of systems and tools that

help assess and report all risk types including

environmental, social, climate and governance


risks across the organisation.

The Contact26 Strategy has a strong focus on


ESG commitments to create long-term value.

A wide range of risks and environmental factors

is considered by the Board during the strategy

setting process including analysis into how actions

to limit the impacts of climate change could affect

delivery of our strategy.

Risk

Appetite

Strategic

Direction

Board

Approving

strategic direction,

monitoring of

performance

Governance

structures, policies

and objectives,

identification of

significant risk

Monitor the environment, respond to

stakeholder material issues, anticipate

long-term threats and opportunity

72

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Our corporate governance model is vertically
integrated to ensure an appropriate level of support

and oversight of our key climate-related risks.

+ The full Board considers a wide range of risks

(including economic, environment, social, climate

and governance risks) when reviewing the business

strategy alongside a market update. Reporting

to the Board ensures their understanding of the

key risks and issues (such as climate change) and

contribute to their decision-making.

+ Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and

Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are

actively monitored by the Leadership Team.

+ The Board Audit and Risk Committee has

formal oversight of climate related issues.

+ Risks rated high and above are regularly

monitored for active management by the

Leadership Team.

+ There is regular engagement with stakeholders

(including local communities and tangata

whenua as we aim to maintain our positive

relationships) to assess and communicate the

impacts of the changing environment.

+ People at all levels of the organisation (including

contractors) are encouraged to identify and

manage potential risks to Contact on a regular

basis throughout the year.

Critical concerns are presented at Board meetings

through written papers and oral presentations.

There were no critical concerns communicated to

the Board during the FY24 reporting period.

There has been one significant instance of non-

compliance with laws and regulations. Contact

breached the Fair Trading Act 1986 as a result

of our application of card processing fees to our

customers. Contact self-reported this breach

to the Commerce Commission. The Commerce

Commission took no further action, and no fine or

sanction was imposed. The non-compliance has

been reported as significant due to involvement

with the regulator and the incident receiving

national media attention.

See Creating outstanding customer experiences

for more.

The integrated nature of our operations means

that climate-related risks are regularly assessed as

part of our strategic, operational and emerging risk

assessments. Mitigation plans for material risks are

implemented to proactively manage the impact to

Contact.

Assurance

Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal

audit function and provides objective assurance of

the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.

The team is based in-house and draws on external

expertise where required.

The team brings a disciplined approach to

evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk

management, internal controls and governance

processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach

driven by our risk management f ramework. The

team also assists external audits by making findings

f rom the internal assurance process available for the

external auditor to consider when providing their

opinion on the financial statements. The team has

unrestricted access to all departments, records and

systems of Contact, and to the Board Audit and Risk

Committee, external auditor and other third parties

as it deems necessary.

Auditors

We recognise the role of our external auditor is

critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.

EY commenced its appointment as the Group’s

external auditor on 1 July 2022. The Board Audit

and Risk Committee ensures that the audit partner

is changed at least every five years.

Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out

the f ramework we use to ensure the independence

of our external auditors is maintained and their

ability to carry out their statutory audit role is

not impaired. Under this policy, the external

auditor may not do any work for Contact that

compromises, or is seen to compromise, the

independence and objectivity of the external audit

process. In addition, the external auditor confirms

its continuing independent status to the Board

every six months.

The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

approved EY to perform assurance engagements

over our green borrowing programme, greenhouse

gas emissions and Global Initiative (GRI) indicators.

Representatives f rom the external auditor attend

Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where

they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions

relating to the audit.

Board and Board Committees are provided with

ESG analysis and reporting

Management and staff across the business regularly

assess, review, analyse, monitor and report on all

risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated

governance structures to ensure Contact takes a

proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts

The Leadership Team review all management

materials and address mitigation plans for key risks

73

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders,

We believe our people are key to our success – especially during such an eventful

period, where we are growing into a host of new areas, like wind and solar

generation, along with grid-scale batteries. Remuneration is a key element in our

attraction and retention of great people.

Overall remuneration approach

We believe that the structure and components

of Contact’s remuneration continue to serve the

company well. We have worked to make some

small improvements to our LTI scheme rules,

which relate to executive retirement and company

change-of-control, and otherwise have not made

any major changes over the past year.

A detailed overview of employee remuneration is set

out in Contact employee remuneration. Given the

company’s financial performance over the past year,

along with progress on our Contact26 strategy, we

consider executive remuneration to be appropriate.

Remuneration reporting

Each year we consider how we might further

improve our reporting on Contact’s remuneration.

For our FY22 and FY23 reports, we provided

increased levels of detail on executive incentives.

We have extended this further in this report,


with additional information in a number of areas:

+ Improved transparency of the FY24 scorecard

metrics and results, which makes up 70% of the

Short Term Incentive (STI) available to executives

+ Inclusion of the FY25 scorecard metrics to

show the focus for the year ahead

+ Detail on the strategic measures used for the

equity Long Term Incentive (LTI)

+ More complete coverage of CEO remuneration

for both FY24 and FY25

Gender pay

We have provided comprehensive information

on Contact's gender pay gap and pay equity in

Gender pay reporting. This continues to be a focus

for us, and we appreciate that progress is slow but

steady in closing our pay gap. We are committed

to working both internally and externally as an

industry, on closing the gap across the energy

sector. We have made further progress against our

overall pay equity, improving f rom 96 percent at

the end of our last financial year to 98 percent as


of 1 September 2024.

Being a good employer

Beyond remuneration, we are continuously looking

for ways to improve as part of our commitment

to being a good employer. This year, our progress

in growing the capability of our team has been

particularly pleasing, with the development of the

Mau Taniwha Mauri Ora leadership programme,

and Contact employees completing over 14,000

online courses in our Contact University.

You can read more about our overall employee

value proposition in our strategic enablers section

Transformative ways of working.





Jon Macdonald

Chair, People Committee

74

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

DirectorsBoard fees
Audit

and Risk

Committee

Health,

Safety and

Environment

Committee

People

Committee

Development

Committee

Overseas

travelling

allowance

Ad hoc

committee

fee related

to major

projects

Total

Remuneration

Robert McDonald$312,000 $312,000

Victoria Crone

1

$62,083$10,417 $72,500

Sandra Dodds

2

$149,000$49,000 $8,944 $16,000$7,800$230,744

David Gibson

3

$53,806$9,028$62,833

Jon Macdonald$149,000 $28,000$9,010$177,000

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen

4

$149,000$15,972$14,000$5,056 $184,028

David Smol

5

$149,000$14,583 $14,000 $18,020$7,200$184,783

Elena Trout$149,000 $28,000 $9,010$9,000$186,000

Total$1,172,889$99,000$56,000$42,000$36,040$16,000$24,000$1,409,889

1

Victoria Crone resigned as a director f rom 15 November 2023.

2

Sandra Dodds ceased to be a member of the People Committee on 20 February 2024.

3

David Gibson was appointed a director and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee f rom 20 February 2024.

4

Rukumoana Schaafhausen ceased to be a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and was appointed a member of the People Committee on 20 February 2024.

5

David Smol was appointed a member of the Audit and Risk Committee f rom 15 November 2023.

Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY24 are as follows:

Directors’ remuneration

The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per year.

It has not been increased since it was approved

by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to

directors are determined by the Board on the

recommendation of the People Committee.

Between FY23 and FY24, fees for the Board and

Committee fees increased by around 4 percent.

Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.

In addition, Board members are reimbursed for

costs directly associated with carrying out their

duties, such as travel costs. Contact employees

appointed as directors of Contact subsidiaries do

not receive any director fees. Dane Coppell was a

non-executive director of Western Energy Services

Limited until 31 March 2024 and was paid $22,216


in director fees during FY24.

FY24

Chair

per annum

Member

per annum

Board of Directors$312,000*$149,000

Audit and Risk

Committee

$49,000$25,000

Health, Safety and

Environment Committee

$28,000$14,000

People Committee$28,000$14,000

Overseas director

travelling allowance

$16,000

Ad hoc committee fee

related to major projects

$1,200

per half day

* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.

75

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market

rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are

rewarded for their performance and experience.

There are three parts to employee remuneration –


fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance

remuneration, and other benefits. These combine

to attract, reward and retain high-performing

employees.

Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is based on the role

responsibilities, individual performance and

experience, and current market remuneration data.

Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median

of the market range.

Pay-for-performance remuneration

Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises and

rewards high-performing senior employees and

comprises short-term incentives (cash and deferred

share rights) and long-term incentives (performance

share rights).

Short-term incentives (STI)

STIs are designed to recognise and reward high

performance with cash incentives and deferred

share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for

our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have

a maximum potential level set reflecting the

person’s role grade, and are based on performance

measured against key performance indicators

(KPIs), which generally consist of company and

individual objectives. The Board reserves the right


to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.

Long-term incentives (LTI)

Contact provides awards of performance share

rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our

senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims

to encourage and reward longer-term decision-

making and align participants’ interests with

Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to

performance hurdles.

Equity scheme

At 30 June 2024 there were 81 participants in

Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the

equity scheme and the number of performance

share rights and deferred share rights granted,

exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the

reporting period, see note E8 of the financial

statements.

We have amended the plan rules for equity

grants f rom October 2024, to allow for proration

of allocations and Board discretion in change of

control situations.

Other benefits

We know that rewards mean more than just money,

so we offer our people a range of other benefits

too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’, our policy

to support primary and secondary caregivers,

and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax payment

for setting up a home office or putting towards

wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver benefits.


Some of our other benefits include: discounts for

home energy and broadband; employer-subsidised

health insurance; an employee share ownership

plan called ‘Contact Share’ (see note E8 in financial

statements for more detail).

Chief Executive Officer and

Executive Team remuneration

The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is

reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works

closely with and is advised by Contact’s People

Committee. We also consider market remuneration

data benchmarks, look at the achievement of

performance goals and factor in creating long-term

sustainable shareholder value.

The total remuneration is made up of a fixed

remuneration component, which includes cash

salary and other employment benefits, and pay

for performance remuneration containing short

term incentives (cash and equity awarded through

deferred share rights) and long-term incentives

(equity awarded through performance share rights.

76

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY24 was structured as follows:
Scheme Description Performance measures Potential

Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme

based on achievement of KPIs. 

70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):

• 40% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)

• 20% safety targets

• 40% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets

30% based on individual KPIs.

Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and

goals specific to each individual.

The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2024

including leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic

initiatives, leadership of the executive team and stakeholder

engagement.

Executive Team maximum potential 35% of

base salary.

CEO maximum potential 50%

of base salary.

Equity STI (awarded as

deferred share rights) 

Equity STI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the time-bound

exercise hurdle being achieved. 

The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI

awarded by the Board. 

The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed

by Contact 2 years f rom the grant date. 

Executive Team maximum potential 30% of

base salary.

CEO maximum potential 30% of base salary. 

Equity LTI (awarded as

performance share rights) 

Equity LTI allows the participant

to acquire shares at a $0 exercise

price subject to the exercise

hurdle being achieved. 

The exercise hurdles to receive these are:

• 50% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking

within an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand

NZX50 listed utilities companies.

• 50% based on the achievement of Contact's strategic priorities.

For FY24 this included renewable generation development,

stimulation of electricity demand flexibility and

a reduction in Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions.

Tested once, at year 3. See page 80 for more details on LTI hurdles,

that links to our new disclosure.

Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.

CEO set at 35% of base salary.

* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the

financial statements.

77

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

78
FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%

1

Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS provision changes.

2

EBITDAF assessed as “Good” given the proximity to target, strong operating performance, and excellent recovery of the timeline for Tauhara construction.

3

Totex is defined at cash opex and cash SIB capex.

FY24 Corporate Scorecard results

The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY24. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI

for the CEO and leadership team.

KPI

Weighted

Target Good (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result

Actual

Weighted

Result

Financial40.0%27.5%

EBITDAF

1

25.0%669704739Underlying: 663

2

Reported: 675

12.5%

Totex

3

15.0%(387)(378)(369) (363)15.0%

Safety & Wellbeing20.0%18.0%

Shift our Safety Culture with Sentis

Safety Leadership and Safety

Culture – Coaching sessions

completed by participant Leaders

4.0% 3 (60% attendance)4 (70% attendance)5 (80% attendance)62% attendance of

3 sessions out of 5

2.0%

Safety Citizenship attendance by

agreed participants

4.0%>60%>70%>80%82%4.0%

Understand and Grow our Safety

Capacity 

TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%65.44.50.94.0%

Process Safety and Occ H&S Events4.0%> 12 learning team events

following up on Safety events

Good + 67% of leadership team

attend and observe at least one

learning team following Safety

events

Great + 75% of all agreed

actions f rom PSE learning

teams completed within due

date for the relevant year

22 learning team

events + Full LT

attendance + 89%

Actions Complete

4.0%

Create Safe Work Outcomes 

Safety Observations2.0%>500 observations Cintellate

mobile up and running (ROAM)

Good + Additional 1,000

observations

Great +  Additional 1,000

observations

2,404 Observations

+ ROAM live

2.0%

Contact Leadership Walkarounds

(CEO & Direct Reports)

2.0%Minimum of 18Minimum of 27Minimum of 36722.0%

Strategic/Performance40.0%23.3%

Tauhara Online10.0%29 Feb 202420 Jan 20241 Jan 2024July 20240%

Renewable Development10.0%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY24 Development pipelineGood5.0%

Operational Uptime10.0%95.997.599.097.998.3%

Multi Product Customers10.0%133,000136,000138,000139,50010.0%

Total100.0%68.8%

78

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY23 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureResult 

Percentage

Achieved

FY23

Allocated October 2020

Tested October 2023

Performance Share Rights with 1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price of $6.14 on grant

Relative TSR*

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact

Energy Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury

NZ Limited, Trustpower Limited (Manawa Energy), Vector Limited)

100%100%

Trustpower was included in the peer group on grant, however was replaced with Manawa Energy prior test date

* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies


in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest. 

– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date. 

– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.

79

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Long-term Incentive scorecards
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric

FY26

Allocated October 2023

Tested October 2026

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.24 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement,

data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but

excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation

1.4 TWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.

1.6 TWh

Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets

100 ktCO

2

e

FY25

Allocated October 2022

Tested October 2025

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $7.66 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

100MW Demand Flex contracted with customers (which enables them to automatically reduce consumption when

electricity demand is high).

Yes/No

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base. 

1.0 TWh

Te Huka delivered at or near the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the

project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they

aren’t controllable items but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such

as the amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.

Yes/No

FY24

Allocated October 2021

Tested October 2024

Performance Share Rights with

1 test date at the 3rd year

Volume weighted average price

of $8.23 on grant

Relative TSR – 50% weighting

Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa) 

Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting 

Demand Growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement,

data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, but excludes any thermal substitution of existing

electricity generation

460 GWh

Final Investment Decision on renewable generation

0.5 TWh

Tauhara delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the

project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they

aren’t controllable, but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as

the amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.

Yes/No

* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies

in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest. 

– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date. 

– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.

80

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time

as CEO during the year.

CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2024

Position



$

Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration

Total

remuneration

Salary

paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal

FY241,241,17348,229

1

1,289,402441,625

2

265,000

3

437,500

4

1,144,1252,433,527


Three-year CEO remuneration summary

Financial

year

Total

remuneration

paid

5

Percentage

Cash STI

awarded

against

maximum

Percentage

vested Equity

STI against

maximum

Span of

Equity STI

performance

period

Percentage vested

Equity LTI against

maximum

Span of Equity

LTI performance

period

FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –

30 June 2023

FY23$2,127,21449%50%2020–20220%N/A

FY22$2,128,60357%0%N/A0%N/A

-10%

-20%

30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202030 June 202130 June 2022

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

Five-year summary TSR

6

performance graph

CompanyNZX50Peer group

7

$0

$500,000

$1,000,000

$1,500,000

$2,000,000

$2,500,000

$3,000,000

Fixed

remuneration

Scenario chart

The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements

of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design for FY24.

Maximum

potential

remuneration

On-plan

remuneration

Base salary & benefits

Cash STI

Equity LTI

Equity STI

1 Benefits include 3% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on

remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.

2 Cash STI for FY24 period 71% of maximum potential, calculated on

base salary, paid in FY25 (September 2024).

3 Equity STI, 71% of maximum potential, based on fair value allocation.

To be granted October 2024 and tested October 2026.

4 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October

2024 and tested October 2027.

5 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI, and

value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).

6 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for


the 3 months prior to year end.

7 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,


Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.

81

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance
DescriptionPerformance measures

Percentage

achieved

Cash STI• Maximum potential 50% of base salary

• Discretionary cash STI scheme

• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on 78 page)

• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:

– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand

agreements and customer sentiment

– Contact’s health and safety transformation

– culture and teamwork within Contact

– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders

68.8%

75%

Equity STI

• Maximum potential 30% of base salary

• Awarded as deferred share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2024

The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board71%

Equity LTI

• 35% of base salary.

• Awarded as performance share rights

• Share rights issued 1 October 2024

• 50% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group

• 50% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 80)

CEO’s long-term performance incentives

LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year

Number of share

rights issued on

grant

Value of share rights

on grant date

1

Number of share

rights vested

2

Value of shares

transferred

3

FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,505To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,510To be determined

after vesting date

To be determined

on transfer date

FY231 July 2020 – 30 June 2023202035,756$140,87935,756$285,333

1

Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.

2

Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 80 for the performance hurdles.

3

Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.

82

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY25 corporate scorecard
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY25. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO

and leadership team.

KPI

Weighted

Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)

Financial40.0%

EBITDAF

1

25.0%$740770785

Totex

2

15.0%$(406)(391)(384)

Health, Safety & Environment20.0%

Transforming H&S Culture4.0%%>70% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Program

>50 Leadership Walkarounds

>80% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Program

>75 Leadership Walkarounds

>90% invited participants complete

Safety Citizenship Program

>100 Leadership Walkarounds

Operational Excellence4.0%#>800 Raised Observations>1,200 Raised Observations>1,600 Raised Observations

Critical Risk Control Management (CRC)4.0%#Events with CRC  absences, failures and

near misses are identified

Events with CRC absences, failures

and near misses are identified and

investigated

Failed or Absent CRCs are identified

and a plan in place for strengthening

TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%#<5<3</=1

Environmental Incidents4.0%#No tier 1 incidents; and

Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and

10 or less Tier 3 incidents

No tier 1 or 2 incidents; and

8 or less Tier 3 incidents

No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and

5 or less Tier 3 incidents

Strategic/Performance40.0%

Execution Pipeline 10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Te Huka 3 and Battery projects

Development Pipeline 10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed Development pipeline

Operational Uptime

3

10.0%%>95>96>97

Multi Product Customers 10.0%#146,000148,000149,000

Total100.0%

1

Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS provision changes.

2

Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex.

3

Includes scheduled outages.

83

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

FY25 CEO remuneration structure
The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY25.

Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential

$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal

Maximum Potential

Total Remuneration

FY251,300,00048,2971,348,297672,750390,000455,0001,517,7502,866,047

Benefits include 3.5% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.

84

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Group employees who earn
over $100k

The table shows the number of our people

(including any who have left) who received

remuneration and other benefits during


FY24 of at least $100,000 for the year ended

30 June 2024. The value of remuneration

benefits analysed includes:

+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime

payments

+employer superannuation contributions

+short-term cash incentives relating to FY23

+performance but paid in FY24 (Contact and

Simply Energy)

+the value of equity-based incentives at fair value

allocation received during FY24 (Contact)

+the value of Contact Share received during

FY24 (Contact)

+redundancy and other payments made on

termination of employment.

The figures do not include amounts paid after


30 June 2024 that relate to the year ended

30 June 2024.

Table of employees who earn over $100,000

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$100,001–$110,00053

$110,001–$120,00065

$120,001–$130,00060

$130,001–$140,00059

$140,001–$150,00072

$150,001–$160,00064

$160,001–$170,00066

$170,001–$180,00070

$180,001–$190,00037

$190,001–$200,00022

$200,001–$210,00029

$210,001–$220,00018

$220,001–$230,00020

$230,001–$240,00020

$240,001–$250,0008

$250,001–$260,0006

$260,001–$270,0003

$270,001–$280,0006

$280,001–$290,0006

$290,001–$300,0004

$300,001–$310,0004

$310,001–$320,0004

$320,001–$330,0004

$330,001–$340,0002

$340,001–$350,0002

$350,001–$360,0002

$360,001–$370,0003

$380,001–$390,0004

$390,001–$400,0005

Remuneration bandNumber of employees

$400,001–$410,0003

$410,001–$420,0002

$420,001–$430,0001

$450,001–$460,0002

$460,001–$470,0001

$510,001–$520,0001

$540,001–$550,0001

$560,001–$570,0001

$620,001–$630,0001

$690,001–$700,0001

$710,001–$720,0001

$720,001–$730,0002

$730,001–$740,0001

$760,001–$770,0001

$850,001–$860,0001

$990,001–$1,000,0001

$2,430,001–$2,440,0001

1

Grand Total740

1

Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in

FY25 (September 2024) whereas all other employee earnings


is based on Cash STI paid in FY24 (September 2023).

85

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Gender pay reporting
Contact’s commitment

One of the principles of our Tikanga (our moral

compass) is to put our energy into things that

matter. Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and

expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus of

that. We are committed to building a workforce

that reflects, and is inclusive of, the diverse

communities of Aotearoa.

Understanding our pay reporting

Pay reporting is broadly defined as:

Gender parity – when men and women are equally

represented at all levels at Contact.

Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay of

women and the pay of men.

Pay gap calculation:

average male hourly rate –


average female hourly rate

average male hourly rate

Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on

addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal

pay for equal work) will typically not close the

overall gender gap especially if genders are

not equally represented at each level of the

organisation.

Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –

that is people undertaking the same work (roles

requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and

accountabilities) being paid the same regardless of

gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement in

New Zealand. We have processes and monitoring

in place to ensure our people are treated and paid

fairly, meeting both our legal and moral obligations.)

Pay equity calculation:

average female


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

average male


(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)

Contact’s pay reporting

We recognise and respect that gender is not binary.

For this reporting we have calculated our gender pay

equity and pay gap only as the difference between

those who identify as Women and Men (around


1.5 percent of our people identify as gender diverse).

Contact has made positive progress in closing

our gender pay gap, with the average pay gap

(including Simply Energy) sitting at 31.1 percent


(was 34.1 percent) and the median gap sitting at

42.2 percent (down f rom 47.3 percent). There are

two key drivers of our gender pay gap. The first is


a higher proportion of women in our customer

channels and the second is a lower proportion of

women in highly skilled energy roles. Over the last


12 months, we have increased the number of

women in our higher grades which has helped in

closing our pay gap. Continued focus on improving

our gender balance will lead to further reductions


in the future.

Contact’s pay equity sits at 98 percent at the end

of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact

based on the skills, capability and experience

required for the role. We then use market data


to apply an appropriate remuneration range for

each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,

which cluster similar-sized roles together.

The bands contain different roles that may be filled

by people with a range of experience. This can

include people recently promoted into higher roles

or bands, and who sit at the lower end of the range.

Each year, as part of our annual salary review,

we review all our data to ensure that we are

maintaining our commitment to gender pay

equity, and make adjustments if required.


We remain committed to achieving more

balance of gender across all levels at Contact.

Additional Contact remuneration

disclosures

+ CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 24:1. The ratio

between the total annual compensation of the

CEO and the median employee compensation.

+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 0.98:1.

The ratio of the percentage increase in annual

total compensation for the CEO to the median

percentage increase.

+Contact does not implement any clawback

practices on employee remuneration other than

in situations permitted by Aotearoa New Zealand

legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).

+Contact does not have a share ownership

requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.

+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as

CEO is six months.

Career level

Workforce demographicPay gap (hourly rate)

Female

population

Male

populationMedianAveragePay equity

Executive0.2%0.7%-7.5%12.1%N/A

Strategic Senior Management1.5%3.3%10.2%5.1%100.1%

Operational Management/National Specialist6.2%13.9%1.2%1.9%100.9%

Team Leader/Technical Specialist16.8%27.6%16.9%13.1%100.0%

Team Member22.5%7.4%3.7%2.1%99.0%

Overall47.2%52.8%42.2%31.1%97.9%

86

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Statutory
disclosures

87

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

8787

Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors

The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of

Contact Energy Limited as at 30 June 2024 in accordance with section

140 of the Companies Act 1993. 

Robert McDonald

Chartered Accountants Australia & New Zealand* Director 

FleetPartners Group Limited Director 

Fletcher Building Limited* Director 

University of Auckland Business School Advisory Board Chair 

University of Auckland Council Member 

*Resigned as Director 30 June 2024 

Sandra Dodds

Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited Director 

OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX) Director 

Snowy Hydro Limited (Australian Government owned entity) Director 

David Gibson 

Freightways Limited Director  

Goodman Property Services (NZ) Limited, Goodman Property

Aggregated Limited, GMT Bond Issuer Limited  

Director  

NZME Limited Director 

Rangatira Limited Director  

Jon Macdonald

Kiwibank Limited Director 

Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries Director  

Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries Director  

Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of

Trade Me Ltd).  

Director  

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

AgResearch Limited* Director 

Alvarium Investments (NZ) Limited Director 

Department of Internal Affairs Strategic Advisory Committee Member 

Equippers Church Trust Trustee 

KGS Limited Director 

Kings Trust NZ Trustee 

Kiwi Group Capital Limited Director 

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic

Advisory Committee 

Member 

Miro (Hautupua) Limited Director 

Pathfinder Asset Management Limited Trustee 

Te Rau o te Korimako Director 

Te Waharoa Investments Limited Director 

Tindall Foundation Trustee 

Water Governance Board, Waikato District Council* Director 

*Term ended 30 June 2024 

David Smol

Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee Chair 

GNS Science, Te Pū Ao (Institute of Geological and Nuclear

Sciences Limited) 

Chair 

Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic

Advisory Committee 

Member 

Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee Chair 

New Zealand Transport Agency Board Member  

The Co-operative Bank Limited Director  

Victoria Link Limited Director 

Victoria University of Wellington Council Member 

Elena Trout

Ara Ake Limited Independent Director 

Callaghan Innovation Independent Director 

Citycare Limited Independent Director  

Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA) Chair 

88

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiaries Independent Director 
Kaikohe Berryf ruit GP Limited  Independent Director 

Motiti Investments Limited Director 

Ngāpuhi Asset Holding Company Limited Independent Director 

Opuha Water Limited Independent Director 

Spencer Henshaw Limited  Independent Director 

Te Rāhui Herenga Waka Whakatāne Limited Independent Director 

Waihanga Ara Rau (Construction and Inf rastructure)

Workforce Development Council  

Co-Chair 

WorkSafe's Audit, Risk and Finance Committee Independent Chair


Information used by directors 

No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her

capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director. 

Indemnity and insurance 

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution

of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors

and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or

costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law. 

Directors’ security participation 

The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares

within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors

with the interests of shareholders. 

Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest

at 30 June 2024

DirectorOrdinary sharesBondsCapital Bond

Robert McDonald34,602100,000

Sandra Dodds20,085 

David Gibson–

Jon Macdonald25,882 13,000 20,000

Rukumoana Schaafhausen1,295 

David Smol22,674 

Elena Trout23,770 


Securities dealings of directors

During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in

securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless

otherwise specified.

Director

Date of

transaction

Nature of

transaction

Consideration

per share/

bond

Number

of shares/

bonds

Sandra Dodds 26 September

2023 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.1981 398 

20 October

2023 

On-market purchase

of ordinary shares 

AUD$7.4000 3,500 

18 March

2024 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.0626 335 

Jon Macdonald 26 September

2023 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.1981 570 

18 March

2024 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.0626 396 

Rukumoana

Schaafhausen 

13 November

2023 

On-market purchase

of ordinary shares 

$7.72 1,295 

David Smol 26 September

2023 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.1981 431 

18 March

2024 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.0626 298 

Elena Trout 26 September

2023 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.1981 524 

18 March

2024 

Acquisition of ordinary

shares under DRP 

$8.0626 363 

89

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Shareholder statistics
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2024

Number of

ordinary shares

% of ordinary

shares

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 101,164,123 12.82 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 58,432,098 7.4 

Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 50,669,037 6.42 

Custodial Services Limited 49,211,061 6.24 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 44,033,997 5.58 

JPMORGAN Chase Bank 38,554,042 4.89 

TEA Custodians Limited 37,171,314 4.71 

Accident Compensation Corporation 32,732,506 4.15 

FNZ Custodians Limited 28,102,846 3.56 

New Zealand Superannuation Fund

Nominees Limited 

27,919,982 3.54 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 20,995,887 2.66 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 19,159,460 2.43 

Premier Nominees Limited 14,231,167 1.8 

New Zealand Depository Nominee 13,216,431 1.67 

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 12,733,675 1.61 

Public Trust 8,068,287 1.02 

Private Nominees Limited 7,009,744 0.89 

JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 6,032,910 0.76 

Masfen Securities Limited 5,598,338 0.71 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 5,168,454 0.65 

Total for top 20 580,205,359 73.51 

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

shareholders

% of

shareholders

Number of

ordinary shares

% of

ordinary

shares

1–1,000  24,188 43.07 15,905,960 2.02 

1,001–5,000 26,229 46.7 48,634,702 6.16 

5,001–10,000 3,279 5.84 23,244,358 2.95 

10,001–50,000 2,181 3.88 42,123,710 5.34 

50,001–100,000 181 0.32 12,595,328 1.6 

100,001 and over 106 0.19 646,613,150 81.94 

Total 56,164 100.00 789,117,208 100.00 


Substantial product holders

According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,

the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as

at 30 June 2024: 

Substantial product

holder

Number of ordinary shares in

which relevant interest is held

Date of notice

FirstCape Group Limited 49,142,094 30 April 2024 

Milford Asset Management

Limited 

47,603,648 26 January 2022 

The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2024 was

789,117,208 fully paid ordinary shares. 

90

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN050 bondholders at 30 June 2024

Number of

CEN050 bonds

% of CEN050

bonds

Custodial Services Limited 21,614,000 21.61 

TEA Custodians Limited 13,725,000 13.73 

FNZ Custodians Limited 10,072,000 10.07 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 6,692,000 6.69 

Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 6,614,000 6.61 

BNP Paribas Nominees (Nz) Limited 6,000,000 6 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,423,000 5.42 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,581,000 4.58 

Bank Of New Zealand  Wellington Treasury Operations 3,026,000 3.03 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,935,000 2.94 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 2,027,000 2.03 

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,946,000 1.95 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 1,800,000 1.8 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,257,000 1.26 

Mt Nominees Limited 1,241,000 1.24 

Woolf Fisher Trust Inc 950,000 0.95 

Dunedin City Council 750,000 0.75 

NZX WT Nominees Limited 684,000 0.68 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 600,000 0.6 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 550,000 0.55 

Total for top 20  92,487,000 92.49 

Distribution of CEN050 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,000 4 2.42 20,000 0.02 

5,001–10,000 37 22.42 361,000 0.36 

10,001–50,000 83 50.3 2,196,000 2.2 

50,001–100,000 18 10.91 1,386,000 1.39 

100,001 and over 23 13.94 96,037,000 96.04 

Total 165 99.99 100,000,000 100.00 

Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2024

Number of

CEN060 bonds

% of CEN060

bonds

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 67,737,000 30.11 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 36,817,000 16.36 

Custodial Services Limited 30,271,000 13.45 

New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 17,522,000 7.79 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 14,480,000 6.44 

FNZ Custodians Limited 10,966,000 4.87 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,643,000 2.51 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,916,000 1.3 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,347,000 1.04 

Commonwealth Bank Of Australia 1,905,000 0.85 

Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 1,899,000 0.84 

Francis Horton Tuck 1,640,000 0.73 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,437,000 0.64 

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,000,000 0.44 

Fletcher Building Educational Fund 900,000 0.4 

Custodial Services Limited 713,000 0.32 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 700,000 0.31 

Jml Capital Limited 650,000 0.29 

JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 600,000 0.27 

Bank Of New Zealand  Wellington Treasury Operations 598,000 0.27 

Total for top 20  200,741,000 89.23 


Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,00075 9.31 375,000 0.17 

5,001–10,000226 28.04 2,211,000 0.98 

10,001–50,000400 49.63 10,391,000 4.62 

50,001–100,00051 6.33 4,066,000 1.81 

100,001 and over54 6.7 207,957,000 92.43 

Total806100.00225,000,000100.00

91

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2024
Number of

CEN070 bonds

% of CEN070

bonds

Custodial Services Limited 82,587,000 33.03 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 39,451,000 15.78 

FNZ Custodians Limited 23,578,000 9.43 

JBWere (NZ)) Nominees Limited 18,902,000 7.56 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 11,917,000 4.77 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,788,000 2.32 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 5,760,000 2.3 

Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 4,040,000 1.62 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 3,240,000 1.3 

Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 2,880,000 1.15 

FNZ Custodians Limited 2,384,000 0.95 

ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 2,050,000 0.82 

Dunedin City Council 1,900,000 0.76 

JP Morgan Chase Bank 1,280,000 0.51 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 1,208,000 0.48 

Fletcher Building Educational Fund 1,100,000 0.44 

Private Nominees Limited 961,000 0.38 

TEA Custodians Limited 950,000 0.38 

MMCLimited 915,000 0.37 

NZX WT Nominees Limited 863,000 0.35 

Total for top 20  211,754,000 84.70 


Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,00075 8.16 375,000 0.15 

5,001–10,000161 17.52 1,528,000 0.61 

10,001–50,000525 57.13 13,756,000 5.5 

50,001–100,00083 9.03 6,468,000 2.59 

100,001 and over75 8.16 227,873,000 91.15 

Total919100.00250,000,000100.00

Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2024

Number of

CEN080 bonds

% of CEN080

bonds

Custodial Services Limited 93,115,000 31.04 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 53,153,000 17.72 

FNZ Custodians Limited 31,174,000 10.39 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 24,290,000 8.1 

Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 8,600,000 2.87 

BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 7,593,000 2.53 

Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,924,000 2.31 

JBWere (Nz) Nominees Limited 6,785,000 2.26 

JBWere (Nz) Nominees Limited 4,830,000 1.61 

Premier Nominees Ltd   Armstrong Jones Secure

Income Fund 

4,700,000 1.57 

Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,450,000 1.48 

ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 3,600,000 1.2 

Tea Custodians Limited 3,386,000 1.13 

Mmc Limited 3,130,000 1.04 

NZ Permanent Trustees Ltd   Grp Invstmnt Fund

No 20 

2,394,000 0.8 

Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe 1,896,000 0.63 

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,877,000 0.63 

HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 1,601,000 0.53 

Custodial Services Limited 1,521,000 0.51 

FNZ Custodians Limited 1,157,000 0.39 

Total for top 20  266,176,000 88.74 


Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024

Size of holding

Number of

bondholders

% of

bondholders

Number of

bonds% of bonds

1,001–5,00021 4.34 105,000 0.04 

5,001–10,00072 14.88 707,000 0.24 

10,001–50,000274 56.61 8,256,000 2.75 

50,001–100,00055 11.36 4,363,000 1.45 

100,001 and over62 12.81 286,569,000 95.52 

Total484100.00300,000,000100.00

92

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Other disclosures
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries 

The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at

30 June 2024: Robert McDonald, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson, Jon Macdonald,

Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol and Elena Trout. Victoria Crone

resigned f rom the Board with effect f rom 15 November 2023. 

The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during FY24

and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who held office

as directors.  

Company nameDirectorsFurther information

Simply Energy

Limited 

Dorian Devers 

James Flannery 

Jacqui Nelson 

Simply Energy Limited was

amalgamated into Contact Energy

Limited on 1 April 2024. 

 

Western Energy

Services Limited 

Dorian Devers 

Michael Dunstall 

Jacqui Nelson  

Dane Coppell resigned as director

of Western Energy Services

Limited on 31 March 2024.  

Contact Energy

Trustee Company

Limited  

Jan Bibby 

Kirsten Clayton 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY24. 

Contact Energy Risk

Limited 

Antony Balfour Will 

Dorian Devers 

Mike Fuge 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY24. 

Contact Energy

Solar Limited 

Kirsten Clayton 

Saralaya Frost 

Jacqui Nelson 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY24. 

Contact Energy

Solar Holdings GP

Limited  

Kirsten Clayton 

Saralaya Frost 

Jacqui Nelson 

There have been no changes

among the people who hold office

as directors during FY24. 

NZX waivers 

There were no waivers granted by NZX or relied on by Contact in the

12 months preceding 30 June 2024. 

Stock exchange listings 

Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board and

the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code ‘CEN’.

Contact has three tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted on the

NZX Debt Market under the company codes CEN050, CEN070 and CEN080,

and one tranche of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt

Market under the company code ‘CEN060’. Contact’s listing on the ASX is as

a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact

confirms that it continues to comply with the NZX listing rules. 

Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers 

NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to

Contact during FY24. 

Auditor fee 

See auditor's remuneration note E2 of the financial statements. 

Donations 

In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact

records that it donated $139,750 in FY24 including charitable donations,

and where we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the

recipient is not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s

brand and are separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political

contributions were made during the year. Find out more about our other

community contributions in Being a good neighbour. 

Credit rating

Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor's long-term credit rating

of BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.

The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in


March 2019 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor's.

The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital

bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.

The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued


in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.

93

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial
statements

94

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Financial statements
Contents

About these financial statements 96

Statement of comprehensive income 97

Statement of cash flows 97

Statement of financial position 98

Statement of changes in equity 99

Notes to the financial statements 100

A. Our performance 100

A1. Segments 100

A2. Earnings 100

A3. Free cash flow 102

B. Our funding 102

B1. Capital structure 102

B2. Share capital 102

B3. Distributions 103

B4. Borrowings 103

B5. Net interest expense 105

C. Our assets 106

C1. Property, plant and equipment and


intangible assets 106

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 108

D. Our financial risks 109

D1. Market risk 109

D2. Liquidity risk 111

D3. Credit risk 111

D4. Hedging activities 111

D5. Change in fair value of financial


instruments in profit/(loss) 113

D6. Financial instruments at fair value 113

D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost 114

E. Other disclosures 114

E1. Tax 114

E2. Auditor’s remuneration 115

E3. Inventories 115

E4. Trade and other receivables 115

E5. Trade and other payables 116

E6. Provisions 116

E7. Profit to operating cash flows 117

E8. Share-based compensation 117

E9. Related parties 118

E10. New accounting standards 119

E11. Contingencies 119

E12. Subsequent events 119

95

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

About these
financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 2024

These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,

its subsidiaries and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.

Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies

Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt

market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets

Conduct Act 2013.

Contact’s financial statements are prepared:

+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice

(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity

+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted

+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value

+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented

+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current

year’s presentation.

Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting

policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:

+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)

+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)

+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)

+provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations and the

Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision (note E6).

The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy

Limited Board of Directors on 19 August 2024.

Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds

Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee

96

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Statement of
comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2024

$mNote20242023

RevenueA22,8632,118

Operating expensesA2(2,188)(1,613)

Net interestB5(40)(41)

Depreciation and amortisationC1(255)(224)

Asset impairment and write offsC1(50)–

Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD58 (63)

Profit before tax 338177

Tax expenseE1(103)(50)

Profit 235127

Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4(176)73

Comprehensive income 59200

Profit per share (cents) – basic and diluted 29.916.3

Statement of

cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 2024

$mNote20242023

Receipts f rom customers2,8632,117

Payments to suppliers and employees(2,165)(1,592)

Interest paid(21)(25)

Tax paid(97)(105)

Operating cash flowsE7580395

Purchase and construction of assets(506)(541)

Capitalised interestB5(74)(44)

Realised gains/losses on market derivatives(6)(27)

Investment in associates(10)(11)

Proceeds f rom sale of assets116

Deferred consideration for acquisition of

subsidiaries

– (11)

Investing cash flows (595)(618)

Dividends paidB3(248)(243)

Proceeds f rom borrowings5921,092

Repayment of borrowings(238)(650)

Financing costs(2)(4)

Financing cash flows 104195

Net cash flow89(28)

Add: cash at the beginning of the year140168

Cash at the end of the year229140

97

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Statement of
financial position

At 30 June 2024

$mNote20242023

Cash and cash equivalents229140

Trade and other receivablesE4275249

InventoriesE33748

Intangible assetsC14333

Derivative financial instrumentsD168123

Total current assets 652593

Property, plant and equipmentC14,9334,615

Intangible assetsC1223202

InventoriesE340 37

GoodwillC2214214

Investments in associatesE94031

Derivative financial instrumentsD1106116

Total non-current assets 5,5565,215

Total assets 6,2085,808

Trade and other payablesE5356275

Tax payable3433

BorrowingsB4359384

Derivative financial instrumentsD115283

ProvisionsE6185

Total current liabilities 919780

BorrowingsB41,5541,172

Derivative financial instrumentsD1253159

ProvisionsE6294277

Deferred taxE1524589

Other non-current liabilities4527

Total non-current liabilities 2,6702,224

Total liabilities 3,5893,004

Net assets 2,6192,804

Share capitalB22,0211,988

Retained earnings773813

Hedge reservesD4(185)(9)

Share-based compensation reserveE81011

Shareholders’ equity 2,6192,804

98

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Statement of
changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2024

$mNote

Share

capital

Retained

earnings

Hedge

reserves

Share-based

compensation

reserves

Shareholders’

equity

Balance at 1 July 2022  1,955 959 (82)8 2,840

Profit  – 127 –  – 127

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 73 – 73

Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 2 – – 5 7

Share capital issuedB2 31 – – (2) 29

Dividends paidB3 – (273) – – (273)

Balance at 30 June 2023 1,988813(9)112,804

Profit – 235 – – 235

Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – (176) – (176)

Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 4 9

Share capital issuedB228 – – (5)23

Dividends paidB3 – (275) – – (275)

Balance at 30 June 2024  2,021 773 (185) 10 2,619




99

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance

A1. Segments

Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.

The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the

wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and

to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity

and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.

The results of Western Energy Services Limited is included in the Wholesale

segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated

across the operating segments based on fixed asset values, revenues, and

headcount.

The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural

gas, broadband, mobile and other products and services to mass market

customers less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the

cost to serve and distribute electricity to customers.

‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the

operating segments.

The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment


at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

A2. Earnings

The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses

and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment

and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by

segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.

EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP measure.

The definition of EBITDAF has been updated this year to exclude asset

impairment and write off expenses f rom EBITDAF. Previously included in

operating expenditure, these are now presented separately as its own line

item in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and Segment results

(below EBITDAF). No amounts were recognised last year, therefore prior year

restatements are not required. The change was made to provide greater focus

on material asset impairment and write offs.

Within the segment results, change in fair value of financial instruments are

realised and unrealised fair value gains/losses on financial instruments that

are not designated in a hedging relationship, and excludes any realised gains/

losses on those financial instruments that are entered into by Contact for risk

management purposes which are included within EBITDAF. It also includes

hedge accounting ineffectiveness and the effect of credit risk.

Change in fair value of financial instruments in the Statement of Comprehensive

Income includes both ‘realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivatives

not in a hedge relationship’ and 'change in fair value of financial instruments’

f rom the segment results. A reconciliation is provided in note D5.

The key revenue categories are:

+Electricity, gas and steam

Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,

C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer

consumption.

+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging

Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the

wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the

electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial

customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.

+Electricity-related services

Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the

wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency

keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services

are provided.

+Telco

Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.

Revenue recognition involves the calculation of unbilled revenue accruals for

mass market, C&I electricity and gas, as well as the recognition of contract

assets (note E4).

Other operating expenses within the segment results includes employee

benefits of $134 million (2023: $126 million).

100

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Segment results
 

20242023

$m

WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total

Mass market electricity– 1,018 – (1)1,017 – 937 – (1) 936

C&I electricity – fixed price 252 – – – 252 243 – – – 243

C&I electricity – pass through47 – – – 47 23 – – – 23

Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,317 – – – 1,317 685 – – – 685

Electricity-related services revenue7 – – – 7 12 – – – 12

Inter-segment electricity sales561 – – (561)– 482 – – (482) –

Gas8 96 – – 104 5 90 – – 95

Steam3 – – – 3 35 – – – 35

Geothermal services12 – – – 12 6 – – – 6

Telco– 82 – – 82 – 66 – – 66

Other income 12 10 – – 22 8 9 – – 17

Total revenue2,219 1,206 – (562)2,863 1,499 1,102 – (483) 2,118

Electricity purchases, net of hedging (986)– – – (986)(479)– – – (479)

Electricity purchases – pass through(37)(1)– – (38)(16)– – – (16)

Electricity-related services cost(7)– – – (7)(6)– – – (6)

Inter-segment electricity purchases– (561)– 561 – – (482)– 482 –

Gas and diesel purchases(118)(23)– – (141)(53)(26)– – (79)

Gas storage costs(15)– – – (15)(139)– – – (139)

Carbon emissions costs(62)(7)– – (69)(26)(11)– – (37)

Generation transmission & levies(29)– – – (29)(27)– – – (27)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (60)(449)– – (509)(55)(423)– – (478)

Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(7)– – – (7)(6)– – – (6)

Gas networks, transmission, meter costs & service costs(5)(51)– – (56)(5)(45)– – (50)

Geothermal service costs(6)– – – (6)(3)– – – (3)

Telco costs– (72)– – (72)– (60)– – (60)

Other operating expenses(129)(74)(51)1 (253)(121)(69)(44)1 (233)

Total operating expenses(1,461)(1,238)(51)562 (2,188)(936)(1,116)(44)483 (1,613)

Realised gains/(losses) on risk management

derivatives not in a hedge relationship– – – – – (45)– – – (45)

EBITDAF758 (32)(51)– 675 518 (14)(44)– 460

Depreciation and amortisation(255)     (224)

Net interest expense(40)     (41)

Asset impairment and write offs(50)–

Change in fair value of financial instruments8  (18)

Tax expense(103)     (50)

Profit     235     127

101

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

A3. Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash

Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in

growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating

cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.

$mNote20242023

EBITDAFA2675460

Tax paid (97)(105)

Change in working capital, net of investing and

financing activities

 31(55)

Non-cash items included in EBITDAF (8)120

Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (21)(25)

Operating cash flowsE7580395

Stay in business capital expenditure (110)(113)

Operating free cash flow 470282

Proceeds f rom sale of assets 116

Free cash flow 471298

Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B359.836.0

Stay in business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business

operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing

assets.

B. Our funding

B1. Capital structure

Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing

capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to

optimise the cost of our capital.

To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature

of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.

Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit

rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.

$mNote20242023

BorrowingsB41,913 1,556

Shareholders’ equity 2,619 2,804

Total capital funding 4,532 4,360

Gearing ratio 42.2%35.7%

Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt 39.2%32.2%

B2. Share capital

Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX.

Certain ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the

Contact Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive

distributions and to make one vote per share.

3,397,770 shares were issued during the year f rom the dividend reinvestment

plan (2023: 4,035,419). The remaining balance of shares issued relates to

employee share-based compensation.

 NoteShares$m

Balance at 30 June 2023 784,963,4541,988

Share capital issued 4,153,75433

Balance at 30 June 2024 789,117,2082,021

102

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

B3. Distributions
Earnings and operating free cash flow per share







Weighted average20242023

Number of shares (basic)787,316,179783,046,136

Number of shares (diluted)788,537,322784,239,991

The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number

of shares on issue over the period.

The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number

of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently

exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting

vesting conditions.

Dividends paid

Cents

per share$m

2022 Final21.0164

2023 Interim14.0109

30 June 2023 273

2023 Final21.0165

2024 Interim14.0110

30 June 2024 275

Comprised of:  

Cash dividends248

Dividend reinvestment plan 27

In the prior year, cash dividends was $243 million and dividends reinvestment

was $30 million.

On 16 August 2024, the Board resolved to pay a 91% imputed final dividend

of 23 cents per share on 27 September 2024. On 19 August 2024, Contact had

$57 million (2023: $43 million) of imputation credits available for use in future

periods.

B4. Borrowings

Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and

subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which

means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result

in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.

All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s

Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds

Initiative. At 30 June 2024 Contact remains compliant with the requirements

of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability

section on Contact’s website.

0

20

cps

40

60

Profit

(basic)

2024

2023

Operating free

cash flow

(basic)

Profit

(diluted)

16.329.936.059.816.3

29.9

103

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Borrowings
$mMaturityCoupon20242023

Commercial paper < 3 months Floating

250

190

Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating

26


Lease obligations VariousVarious

47

49

USPP notes – US$22mDec 20234.19%


28

USPP notes – US$51mDec 20234.09%


64

USPP notes – US$42mDec 20233.63%


61

Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%

100

100

USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%

73

73

USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%

62

62

Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating

25

32

USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%

22

22

USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%

29

29

USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%

38

38

Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20264.33%

225

225

Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%

250

250

Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%

300

300

AMTN – AUD$400mNov 20306.40%

434


Face value of borrowings  

1,881

1,523

Deferred financing costs  

(9)

(9)

Total borrowings at amortised cost  

1,872

1,514

Fair value adjustment on hedged

borrowings

  

41

43

Carrying value of borrowings  

1,913

1,556

Current  

359

384

Non-current  

1,554

1,172

Changes in borrowings

$m20242023

Borrowings at the start of the year1,5561,099

Net cash borrowed/(repaid)352442

Non-cash change in lease obligations532

Non-cash change in deferred financing costs2(4)

Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(2)(12)

Borrowings at the end of the year1,9131,556

Short-term funding

Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to

manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities

are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can

be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current

when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.

Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:

Maturity $m20242023

Between 1 and 2 years 150 150

Between 2 and 3 years 350 350

More than 3 years 350 350

 850850

All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.

104

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Lease obligations
Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the

national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of

property, plant and equipment (note C1).

Security

Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States

Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting

security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.

Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except

for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative

Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt

covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.

Cash and cash equivalents

Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker

that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls. At 30 June 2024, this collateral

was $87 million (2023: $51 million) and is included within cash and cash

equivalents.

B5. Net interest expense

$m

Note20242023

Interest expense on borrowings(105)(76)

Interest expense on finance leases (3)(1)

Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(14)(8)

Unwind of deferred financing costs (2)(2)

Other interest (1) (2)

Capitalised interestC174 44

Interest income11 4

Net interest expense (40)(41)

105

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment

and intangible assets

Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)

and intangible assets include:

+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,

geothermal and thermal power stations and

geothermal wells and pipelines.

+Computer software: our SAP system that is

used for customer service and billing, finance

functions and generation asset management,

which has a carrying value of $129 million (2023:

$145 million) and a remaining life of 14 years.

All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated

depreciation or amortisation and impairments.

Generation plant and equipment acquired before

1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical

cost, which is the fair value of those assets at


1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation

and accumulated impairment losses.

Software as a service contracts are recorded as

operating expenditure unless they meet the

requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset

(i.e. management can demonstrate control of


an asset).

Intangible assets includes capital work in progress

(CWIP) balance of $14 million relating to software

(2023: $24 million).


Property, plant and equipment


$m

Generation

plant and

equipment

Other land,

buildings,

plant and

equipment

Capital

work in

progress

Leased

assets Total

Cost     

Balance at 1 July 20225,733149567516,500

Additions154353729723

Transfers f rom capital work in progress242 (26)– –

Transfers to assets held for sale(5)– –  (5)

Disposals(28)(54)– (4)(86)

Balance at 30 June 2023 5,878 100 1,078 76 7,132

Additions11444654587

Transfers f rom capital work in progress856(91)– –

Disposals(37)– (36)– (73)

Balance at 30 June 20246,0401101,416807,646

Depreciation     

Balance at 1 July 2022(2,266)(117)– (22)(2,405)

Depreciation(180)(5)– (4)(189)

Transfers to assets held for sale5 – – – 5

Disposals17 53 – 3 73

Balance at 30 June 2023(2,424)(69)–(23)(2,516)

Depreciation(216)(5)– (5)(226)

Disposals29– – – 29

Balance at 30 June 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)

Carrying value     

At 30 June 20233,454311,078534,615

At 30 June 20243,429361,416524,933

Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2024 is capitalised interest of $74 million

(2023: $44 million) in relation to the build of the Tauhara, Te Huka 3 and GeoFuture power stations and

associated steamfield.

106

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Intangible assets

$m

Software and

capital work in

progress

Carbon

emission

unitsOther


Total

Cost 

Balance at 1 July 20225262718 571

Additions3778– 115

Disposals– (72)– (72)

Balance at 30 June 20235633318 614

Additions38 87 – 125

Disposals(6)(59)– (65)

Balance at 30 June 20245956118 674

Amortisation

Balance at 1 July 2022(342)– (2)(344)

Amortisation(33)– (2)(35)

Balance at 30 June 2023(375)– (4)(379)

Amortisation(27)– (2)(29)

Balance at 30 June 2024(402)– (6)(408)

Carrying value    

At 30 June 20231883314235

At 30 June 20241936112266

Current– 43– 43

Non-current193 1812 223


During the year the following asset write offs were recognised:

+$36 million of CWIP within Property, Plant and Equipment relating

to the remedial works during Tauhara commissioning.

+$8 million within Generation plant and equipment, relating to damages

to one of the Peakers during the year.

+$6 million of CWIP within intangible assets, relating to software projects

which are no longer continuing in the form originally planned.

Capital commitments

$m20242023

Contracted capital expenditure209300

Carbon forward contracts120124

Closing balance329424

Due within 12 months195300

Due beyond 12 months134124

Cost

Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service.

When Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly

attributable costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress


until the asset is commissioned.

Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal

exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations

that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal

exploration costs are expensed.

Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand

Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and


are classified as current assets when they will be used to offset our ETS

obligations at balance date or obligations expected to be incurred within


one year of balance date.

Depreciation and amortisation

The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight

line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating

hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.

Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.

Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or

amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:

AssetRate/hours

Generation plant and equipment

Straight line 1% – 50%

Equivalent operating hours1,900 – 22,000

Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33%

Computer software 4% – 50%

107

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.

The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2023: $179 million).

The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $35 million (2023: $35 million).

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher of its value in

use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period management estimates

the value in use expected to be recovered f rom Contact’s CGUs. An impairment


is recognised when the recoverable value is lower than the carrying value.

Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each

CGU. These cash flows are based on a ten year projection, adjusted for future

growth rate of 2% (2023: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then

discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 8% – 9% (2023: 7% – 8%) to

arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. A ten year cash flow

projection has been used as a longer term forecast provides a more accurate

valuation for Contact.

No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.

The key inputs to CGU cash flows and their method of determination, are:

Retail CGU

Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC and implicit

inflation rate.

Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical

churn data and expected market trends.

Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market

changes.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Cost of purchased energy and

networks costs

ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and

seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.

Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise

Contact’s best estimate of future prices.

Wholesale CGU and future generation developments

Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit

inflation rate.

Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future

electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal

shape, and price estimates based on an analysis

of expected demand and cost of new supply for

periods not quoted on the ASX market.

Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro

volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.

Estimated future capital

expenditure and operating costs

Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,

reflecting historical levels and known differences.

Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise

Contact’s best estimate of future prices.

Sensitivities

The calculation of the value in use for the CGUs is most sensitive to the inputs

for wholesale electricity prices and the post tax discount rate.

Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult

to predict, in particular weather, which can impact short term prices.

Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction

in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale

electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.

The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost

of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate

and inflation.

The sensitivity of the valuation model to the wholesale electricity prices and

discount rate, where all other inputs remain constant, is as follows:

Impact $m

Significant unobservable inputsSensitivity20242023

Post-tax discount rate- 0.5%+582+715

+ 0.5%-508-611

Wholesale electricity price path+ 10%+486+593

- 10%-486-593

The value in use exceeded the carrying value for all sensitivities carried out.

There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes

in the price path and post-tax discount rate would not occur in isolation and

would drive other changes which could also impact the value in use.

108

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,

liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the

financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage

exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk

management system.

D1. Market risk

Interest rate risk

Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in

interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as

Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate

debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.

Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)

and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt

portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The

risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and

floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.

Foreign exchange risk

Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its

commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement

(USPP) and Australian medium-term note holders.

To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future

cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,

which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at a

fixed exchange rate.

Commodity price risk

Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of

electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale

and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.

Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any

residual exposure to electricity price risks.

Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural

gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price

of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon

obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation

are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not derivative

financial instruments as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for

Contact’s own use in operations.

109

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.

Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.

 

Fair value hedge

Cash flow and fair

value hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship

IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives

Foreign exchange

contractsElectricity derivatives

$m 20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change

Financial year of maturity

2025–292025–292026–312024–282025–312024–312025–392024–392025–262024–262025–282024–28

Notional amount of derivatives875875 6583761,8851,58514,644

GWh

14,128

GWh

741761,614

GWh

1,953

GWh

Carrying amount of hedged

borrowings

(862)(849) (712)(445)– – – – – – – –

Fair value adjustments to borrowings1326(13)(54)(69)15– – – – – – –– – – – –

Fair value of derivatives – asset6246174(13)4455(11)2278(56)13(2)402614

Fair value of derivatives – liability(20)(29)9(10)(7)(3)(11)(2)(9)(317)(152)(165)(3)(4)1(44)(46)2

Total movement  –   (1)  (20)  (221)  (1)  16

Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and profit/(loss) – unrealised

  

Fair value

hedge

Cash flow and

fair value hedgeCash flow hedge

No hedge

relationship

 IRSCCIRSIRS

Electricity

derivatives

Foreign

exchange

contracts

Electricity

derivativesTotal

$m Note20242023202420232024202320242023202420232024202320242023

Change in fair values recognised in:             

• Change in fair value of financial instruments

recognised in profit/(loss)

D5– (1)1– 48– – – – 62119

• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4– – (2)– (14)12(189)14(2)(1)– – (207)25

• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables) – – – – – – – – – – 10(13)10(13)

• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4– – – – (10)– (32)6112– – (41)63

Total unrealised movement – (1)(1)– (20)20(221)75(1)116(11)(227)84

Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair

value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.

110

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible

changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.


The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the

relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements


would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.

$m

Favourable/(unfavourable) 20242023

Hedging impact on hedge reserves   

Forward interest rates+100bps4028

 -25bps(10)(7)

Forward electricity prices+10%(107)(88)

 -10%10788

Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(5)(11)

 -10%614

Hedging impact on post-tax profit/(loss)   

Forward interest rates+100bps– –

 -25bps– –

Forward electricity prices+10%23

 -10%(2)(3)

D2. Liquidity risk

To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt

maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing

requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains

a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to

enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.

Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast

cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained in

accordance with internal limits.

Information on contracted cash flows in the table below is presented on an

undiscounted basis.

CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the table below. US dollar

inflows on the CCIRS offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.

$m

Total

contractual

cash flows

Less

than

1 year

1–2

years

2–5

years

More

than

5 years

2024

Trade and other payables(266)(266)–––

Borrowings(2,385)(359)(230)(859)(937)

Other liabilities(39)(2)(1)(4)(32)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(381)(115)(67)(103)(96)

IRS - net settled181392(6)

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow74704––

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(74)(70)(4)––

 (3,053)(729)(289)(964)(1,071)

2023     

Trade and other payables(207)(207) – – –

Borrowings(1,917)(429)(74)(590)(824)

Other liabilities(38)(4)(4)(1)(29)

Electricity price derivatives – net settled(147)10(28)(83) (46)

IRS – net settled3031021 (4)

Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow173149 22 2 –

Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(176)(151)(23)(2)–

(2,282)(629)(97)(653)(903)

D3. Credit risk

Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset

position of $669 million (2023: $602 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,

Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and


to not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.

Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer

related credit risk is provided in note E4.

D4. Hedging activities

Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair

value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for

all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the

notional value of the hedged item.

111

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Fair value hedges
Interest rate risk

The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet


the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.

The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be

for a portion of the debt.

Contact has designated $875 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge

relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates


and other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.

At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these

IRS is 5.4% (2023: 5.4%).

The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the

hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the


fair value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the

extent the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources


of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedges

The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity

prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash

flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised

at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised

in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised

immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge

reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position

according to the nature of the hedged item.

The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.

$mNote 20242023

Opening balance (9)(82)

Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD1(207)25

Amortisation of hedge reserve  3 11

Transferred to revenue/balance sheetD1(41)63

Transferred to deferred taxE169(26)

Closing balance (185)(9)

The movement in hedge effectiveness mainly relates to the increase in

forward wholesale electricity prices compared to prior year.

Commodity price risk

Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow

hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an

economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

At 30 June 2024, the average price of these derivatives was $109/MWh


(2023: $104/MWh).

Interest rate risk

Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow

hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.


At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these

IRS is 3.9% (2023: 3.5%).

An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the

IRS based on the reference interest rate. Ineffectiveness arises due to IRS that

have been designated into hedge relationships part way through their term.

These IRS were designated on 1 July 2018 on adoption of NZ IFRS 9.

Combined fair value and cash flow hedges

Contact has designated all its USPP and Australian medium-term notes into

both fair value and cash flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on

the component of the USPP note being hedged:

+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised in

profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS component.

+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component

is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.

+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded

f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.

At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these

IRS is 6.1% (2023: 4.2%).

The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed

rates of USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92 (2023: USD 0.75).

An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange

rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.

Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge

relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash

flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/

(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.

112

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Derivatives not in hedge relationships
These are electricity price derivatives purchased and sold as part of a

requirement to participate in the ASX futures electricity market, electricity

derivatives entered into for profit making, financial transmission rights and

electricity price options. All changes in fair value of these derivatives are

recognised directly in profit/(loss).

D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in

profit/(loss)

The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised in change

in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).

$mNote 20242023

Within EBITDAF:  

Realised gains/(losses) on risk management

derivatives

A2– (45)

Below EBITDAF:   

Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives  (3)(27)

Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD162

Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD157

Total below EBITDAFA18(18)

Change in fair value of financial instruments  8(63)

Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives

not in a hedge relationship.

D6. Financial instruments at fair value

Fair value

Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,

to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.

The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant

underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity

prices) and discount rates.

All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward

wholesale electricity prices which are:

+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate of

the effect of location and seasonality, or


+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large

contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is

derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors

and management judgement.

Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value


of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called

over the life of electricity options and forward quoted commodity prices

(e.g. adjustments as a consequence of initial recognition differences).

The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is

between 5%–7% (2023: 6%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.

The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives by the

source of key valuation inputs:

$m20242023

Sourced f rom market data(30)9

Derived f rom market data7292

Electricity price estimates(273)(104)

 (231)(3)

The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled

below:

$m20242023

Opening balance(104)(81)

Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:

• wholesale electricity revenue(7)28

Gain/(loss) in OCI(104)(73)

Instruments issued (58) 22

Closing balance(273)(104)

For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result

in an unfavourable movement in fair value of $137 million (2023: $92 million)

and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of


$137 million (2023: $92 million).

113

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost
The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the

table below.

$m20242023

Cash and cash equivalents229140

Trade and other receivables266236

Trade and other payables(338)(239)

Borrowings (1,872)(1,514)

The fair value of borrowings is $1,923 million (2023: $1,566 million). This fair

value is derived f rom market data.

E. Other disclosures

E1. Tax

Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.

Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while

deferred tax will be payable in future periods.

Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly in OCI.

$m20242023

Profit before tax338177

Tax at 28%(95)(50)

Tax effect adjustments:

Removal of tax depreciation on buildings*(8)–

Tax expense(103)(50)

Current(99)(103)

Deferred (4)53

* For income tax years beginning 1 July 2024, Contact will no longer be able to claim tax depreciation

on buildings with an estimated useful life of 50 years or more. This has resulted in an increased

deferred tax liability.

Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the

carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the

values used for taxation purposes.

$m

PP&E and

intangible

assetsDerivativesOtherTotal

Balance at 1 July 2022(673)3423(616)

Recognised in profit/(loss)19 1 3353

Recognised in balance sheet (35)– 35–

Recognised in OCI – (26) – (26)

Balance at 30 June 2023(689)991(589)

Recognised in profit/(loss)2(3)(3)(4)

Recognised in balance sheet(9)–9–

Recognised in OCI–69–69

Balance at 30 June 2024(696)7597(524)

114

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2024

$'000

2023

$'000

Review of interim financial statements7775

Audit of financial statements438425

Audit of subsidiary financial statements 1525

Total audit and review of financial statements530525

Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 5620

Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report7650

Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2820

Assurance of Sustainability linked loan2139

Assurance of Sustainable finance f ramework–23

Total other assurance services181152

Total fees related to audit and assurance services711677

Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 5341

Immigration services–1

Total other services5342

Total fees for services provided by EY764719

Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other

assurance and non-assurance services requires approval f rom the Audit & Risk

Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of

the audit and review of financial statements fees.

The only non-assurance services provided by EY is for remuneration services

as they provide appropriate industry and role specific data for setting

remuneration at Contact. There are no audit independence concerns relating

to these services being provided by EY.

E3. Inventories

Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,

consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the

Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.

All other inventories are stated at cost.

The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not


be available for extraction until end of contract in 2033.


$m20242023

Inventory gas5867

Consumables and spare parts1413

Diesel fuel55

 7785

Current3748

Non-current40 37

E4. Trade and other receivables

$m20242023

Trade receivables163157

Unbilled receivables103 83

Provision for impairment(2)(2)

Net trade receivables264238

Contract assets34

Prepayments86

Trade and other receivables275249

Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.

Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales

at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to

determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history

is used if smart meter data is not available.

Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:

$m20242023

Less than one month 99

Greater than one month33

 1212

When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers

those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries, of $3 million

(2023: $2 million) were written off during the reporting period.

115

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E5. Trade and other payables
$m20242023

Trade payables and accruals319225

Employee benefits2219

Interest payable129

Other liabilities322

Trade and other payables356275

E6. Provisions

Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for

the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation

sites and to remediate the environmental impacts of our operations, where

this can be reliably measured.

These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle

obligations or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful

lives and discounted to present value.

Restoration provisions for generation sites do not include the value that may be

received during decommissioning for scrap materials, which at 30 June 2024

has an estimated present value of $27 million.

$m

Restoration/

decomm-

issioning

Environment

rehabilitation

AGS

onerous

contract


Other


Total

Balance at 1 July 2023(137)(27) (116)(2)(282)

Created(35)(12)– – (47)

Released16135 – 52

Utilised11(23)–(21)

Unwind of discount(8)(1)(5) – (14)

Balance at

30 June 2024(163)(38)(109)(2)(312)

Current(1)(7) (10) – (18)

Non-current(162)(31)(99)(2)(294)


In FY23, Contact recognised an onerous contract provision relating to the

Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) contract. Contact continues ongoing discussions

with Flexgas in relation to the capacity and operations of the AGS facility.

The provision is calculated as the difference between the contract payments

and the estimated value received f rom access to available storage over the

remaining term of contract, discounted to present value using a discount rate

of 4.7% (2023: 4.7%).

The provision assumes that Contact has available storage of 2.1PJs (2023: 2.1PJs)


based on studies f rom the Technical Working Group in the prior year and

actual performance of the facility.

The estimated value received f rom access to AGS storage is based on

the ability for Contact to store gas in AGS, and extract this for generating

electricity when favourable to Contact.

Although the contract is onerous over the entire contract term, the estimated

value received f rom AGS exceeded contract payments in FY24, resulting in an

increase in the provision this period.

Sensitivity – AGS onerous contract

Impact on provision $m

Key inputSensitivity20242023

Estimated available storage+0.6PJs3627

-0.6PJs(36)(25)

Estimated value received+10%1316

-10%(13)(16)

Discount rate+0.5%24

-0.5%(1)(4)

116

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

E7. Profit to operating cash flows
A reconciliation of profit to operating cash flows is provided below.

$m20242023

Profit235127

Depreciation and amortisation255224

Amortisation of contract assets46

Change in fair value of financial instruments(8) 18

Movement in provisions(12)113

Non-cash interest expense1916

Bad debt expense43

Share-based compensation45

Asset write offs and impairments50–

Other– 4

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,

investing and financing activities

 

Trade and other receivables(40)(10)

Inventories and intangible assets14(30)

Trade and other payables50(25)

Tax payable 1(3)

Deferred tax4(53)

Operating cash flows580395

E8. Share-based compensation

Equity Scheme

Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made up

of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs). If

performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control, the

awards vest and become exercisable. On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to

ordinary shares at no cost to the employee. There are no holding/retention

periods or ownership requirements for employees who exercise equity rights.

The awards lapse if the performance hurdles are not met or if an employee

voluntarily leaves Contact. The scheme continues on redundancy or retirement,

but the entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board

has discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.

Outstanding PSRs and DSRs

Number outstandingPSRsDSRs

Balance at 1 July 2022572,140713,201

Granted360,281348,226

Exercised – (212,520)

Lapsed(51,208)(31,720)

Balance at 30 June 2023881,213817,187

Granted406,919314,049

Exercised(189,304)(471,680)

Lapsed(108,078)(6,678)

Balance at 30 June 2024990,750652,878

PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 2 years and 7 months

(2023: 2 year and 3 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2023: 10 months).

Contact Share

Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables eligible

employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares. The shares are

issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive period of three

years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive distributions and

direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held on their behalf.

At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.

Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other

circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other

employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated

pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for

future allocations under Contact Share.

Number outstandingContact Share

Balance at 1 July 2022243,901

Shares purchased77,212

Transferred to employees(68,552)

Balance at 30 June 2023252,561

Shares issued95,000

Transferred to employees(83,274)

Balance at 30 June 2024264,287

These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months

(2023: 1 year and 3 months).

117

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards

granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair

values of awards granted during the reporting period are:

Grant date

$ per shareOct 2023Oct 2022Oct 2021

PSRs – without internal hurdle3.963.974.61

PSRs – with internal hurdle6.886.427.27

DSRs7.256.757.65

Contact Share8.087.648.37

Key inputs in determining the fair values

Grant date

Oct 2023Oct 2022Oct 2021

Risk-f ree interest rate6%4%1%

Expected dividend yield5%5%5%

Expected share price volatility24%30%30%


Changes in Share-based compensation reserve

$mNote 20242023

Opening balance 118

Exercised share scheme awards  (5)(2)

Lapsed share scheme awards(1) –

Share-based compensation expense 45

Deferred tax on share scheme E11 –

Closing balance 1011

E9. Related parties

Contact group entities

All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk

Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.

Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding

Subsidiaries 

Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%

Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%

Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%

Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%

Associates and joint arrangements 

DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%

Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry14%

Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%

Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%

During the year, Simply Energy Limited was amalgamated into Contact

Energy Limited. This had no impact on the group results.

Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited

Partnership

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on

economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply


of carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners are accounted for as associates, as

Contact has significant influence over both entities through its participation

118

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

in financial and operating policy decisions being equivalent to the other
investors.

Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in

Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners. The initial investments are recognised at

cost and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits


or losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.

Related party transactions

Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).

Received/(paid) $m20242023

Forest Partners Limited Partnership 

Capital contributions(9)(12)

Key management personnel 

Directors’ fees(1)(1)

LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(7)(7)

LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)

Balances payable at end of the year 

Key management personnel(2)(1)

* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.

Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact

for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and conditions.


For members of the LT this includes the staff discount available to all

eligible employees.

E10. New accounting standards

There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which

materially impact Contact.

E11. Contingencies

In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and

investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect

at 30 June 2024.

In the prior reporting period, a contingent liability was disclosed relating to


obligations to a distribution company which was unknown at the time of

reporting. These obligations were fully settled during the 2024 reporting period.

E12. Subsequent events

Contact has entered into new electricity agreements with NZAS, which became

unconditional on the 3rd of July 2024.

The new agreement will see Contact supply 100MW of electricity to NZAS,

increasing to 120MW f rom 1 January 2025 for up to 20 years. From 1 January 2025,

an additional 25MW will also be supplied for the next two years. As part of the

agreements, NZAS will provide Contact with demand response of up to 46MW.

At the time of finalising the 30 June 2024 financial statements, accounting

considerations of the new contracts are still being finalised and therefore the

financial effect has not been quantified.

119

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report

Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young

We have performed the following assurance engagements:

+audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited

on pages 95 to 119.

+limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s

Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 132

of the Integrated Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters,

our limited assurance is restricted to the specific elements referred to and

unless otherwise stated we provide no assurance on other information on

the pages referred to.

Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders

of Contact Energy Limited

Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy

Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on


pages 95 to 119, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial

position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, and the consolidated statement


of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and

consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,

and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material

accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 95 to 119

present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of

the Group as at 30 June 2024 and its consolidated financial performance

and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International

Financial Reporting Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit

has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders

those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for

no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or

assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s

shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions

we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on

Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are

further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

financial statements section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and

Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners

(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued

by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we

have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these

requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and

appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our

combined report below for details of the other services we have provided


to the Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment,


were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial

statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context

of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in

forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion

on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit

addressed the matter is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities

for the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report,

including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the

performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the

risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of

our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the

matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying

consolidated financial statements.

120

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) Provision
Why significant

How our audit addressed the key

audit matter

The Group has a contract to store

gas at Ahuroa Gas Storage Facility.

During the year ended 30 June 2023,

it was identified that the available

gas storage capacity was lower

than previously anticipated and

the Group recognised an onerous

contract provision reflecting the

difference between the estimate at

that time of the future payments

the Group was contractually

obligated to make and the value

expected to be received f rom

access to available gas storage over

the remaining term of contract,

discounted to present value.

As at 30 June 2024, the Group has

recorded a revised provision of $109m.

Significant judgements in the

provision calculation include

assessing the available storage

capacity over the period of the

contract and the estimated value

the Group will derive f rom the

storage capacity. The estimated

total storage capacity is based on

the findings of a technical working

group report f rom FY23. The

estimated value to the Group is

based on Contact’s ability to store

gas for generation using Contact’s

Peaker assets when electricity prices

are favourable.

Disclosures regarding the provision,

including key assumptions used

and sensitivities are included in note

E6 to the consolidated financial

statements.

In obtaining sufficient appropriate

audit evidence, we:

• Understood the contract payment

obligations and terms.

• Obtained the onerous contract provision

calculation and performed the following:

• Engaged our power and

utilities specialists to assess the

appropriateness of the model and

the future electricity price path

assumptions.

• Assessed the reasonableness of the

estimated available storage capacity

based on the technical working group’s

report and historical storage volumes.

• Assessed the reasonableness of the

assumed level of thermal generation

based on historical and budgeted heat

rates.

• Assessed the reasonableness of the

discount rate used.

• Performed sensitivity analysis for

changes in key assumptions in the

model.

• Assessed the appropriateness of the

Group’s disclosures in accordance

with NZ IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent

Liabilities and Contingent Assets and

whether they appropriately explain the

key judgements and estimates used.

Information other than the financial statements and

auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated


Report, which includes information other than the consolidated

financial statements and auditor’s report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the

other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion

thereon, other than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the

Group’s Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as described below.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements,


our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,

consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with

the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during

the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a

material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report

that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the

preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements

in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards,

and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to

enable the preparation of financial statements that are f ree f rom material

misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are

responsible for assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to

continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to

going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the

directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no

realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the

consolidated financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material

misstatement, whether due to f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s

report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of

assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance

with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect

a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud

or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they

could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users

taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

121

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website:

https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-

responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.

Independent Limited Assurance report on the Global

Reporting Initiative Disclosures

To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited

Conclusion

Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we obtained,

nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI

Disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 132 of the Integrated Report for the

year ended 30 June 2024 have not been prepared, in all material respects,


in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.

Criteria applied by the Group

In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting

Initiative Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards”). The methods,

assumptions and emissions factors adopted by Contact in applying the

Criteria are described throughout the report.

Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report,

which includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited

assurance report.

Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the

other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion

thereon, other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial

statements as described above.

In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the GRI

Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing

so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with


the GRI Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during the engagement,

or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a

material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report

that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Management’s responsibilities

Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for


selecting the criteria, and for presenting, in all material respects,

the GRI Disclosures in accordance with those criteria. This responsibility

includes establishing and maintaining internal controls, maintaining

adequate records and making estimates that are relevant to the preparation

of the subject matter, such that it is f ree f rom material misstatement,

whether due to f raud or error.

EY’s responsibilities

Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the

presentation of the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.

We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International

Standard for Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of

Historical Financial Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”’) and, in relation

to elements of the reporting related to greenhouse gases, International

Standard on Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements

(“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan and perform our

engagement to express a conclusion on whether anything has come


to our attention that suggests the GRI Disclosures have not been

prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the GRI Standards.

The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our

judgment, including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement,

whether due to f raud or error.

We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to

provide a basis for our limited assurance conclusion.

Inherent Limitations

Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature

and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance

engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited

assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that

would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement

been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level

of assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the

evidence that would be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.

A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily

of persons responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related

information, and applying analytical and other appropriate procedures.

The greenhouse gas (“GHG”) quantification process is subject to scientific

uncertainty, which arises because of incomplete scientific knowledge about

the measurement of GHGs. Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to

estimation and measurement uncertainty resulting f rom the measurement

122

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

and calculation processes used to quantify emissions within the bounds of
existing scientific knowledge.

Description of procedures performed

Our procedures included:

+Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s processes

for determining the material issues for the Group’s key stakeholders;

+Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information

in the GRI Disclosures;

+Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating

relevant information;

+Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to

corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to assess

whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources

has been included in the GRI Disclosures;

+Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards; and

+Obtaining management representation.

We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary


in the circumstances.

We have not performed assurance procedures in respect of any information

relating to periods prior to 1 July 2022, including those presented in the

GRI Disclosures. Our report does not extend to any disclosures or assertions

made by the Company relating to future performance plans and/or strategies

disclosed in the 2024 Integrated Report and supporting disclosures online.

While we consider the effectiveness of management’s internal controls

when determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance

engagement was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.

Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures

relating to checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.

Restricted use

This limited assurance report is intended solely for the information and use of

Contact Energy Limited and its Directors and is not intended to be and should

not be used by anyone other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors.

We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is included in

Contact Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for information purposes only.


We disclaim all responsibility to any other party for any loss or liability

that the other party may suffer or incur arising f rom or relating to or in

any way connected with the contents of our report, the provision of our

report to the other party or the reliance upon our report by the other party.

Our Independence and Quality Control

for the Combined Assurance Report

We have complied with the independence and other requirements

of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for

Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards)

(New Zealand), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity,

objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and

professional behaviour.

The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management

for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other

Assurance or Related Services Engagements, which requires the firm to

design, implement and operate a system of quality management including

policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements,

professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Ernst & Young provides services to the Group in relation to trustee

reporting and market remuneration surveys and other assurance relating

to Greenhouse gas emissions reporting, Green Borrowings programme

reporting and the Group’s sustainable linked loan. Partners and employees

of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary

course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other

relationship with, or interest in, the Group.

The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting

in the independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance

report is Grant Taylor.



Chartered Accountants

Wellington

19 August 2024

123

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

APA
Attribute Purchase Agreement.

ASX

Australian Securities Exchange.

CEN

Contact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.

Contact

The company called Contact Energy

Limited. Unless otherwise stated,

all activities and indicators in this

report are for Contact.

Contact26

Contact’s strategy which sets out the

company’s priorities and key activities

for the five years from 2021–2026.

EBITDAF

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation,

amortisation, asset impairment and write

offs, and changes in fair value of financial

instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP

(generally accepted accounting practice)

measure. Information regarding the

usefulness, calculation and reconciliation

of this measure is provided within note A2

to the financial statements.

ESG

The environmental, social and governance

factors used to evaluate performance.

FID

Final investment decision.

FY23

The financial year ended 30 June 2023.

FY24

The financial year ended 30 June 2024.

GeoFuture

Our project to modernise the way

we generate power on the Wairakei

geothermal steamfield. This will provide

the opportunity for us to stop all

discharges of geothermal and cooling

water from our power stations into the

Waikato River and streams.

GHG

Greenhouse gas emissions.

GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an

international independent standards

organisation that helps businesses,

governments and other organisations

understand and communicate their

impacts on things like climate change,

human rights and corruption.

The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its

subsidiaries, and its interest in associates

and joint arrangements that make up the

group. These are identified in note E9 of

the financial statements.

<IR>An abbreviation for The Integrated

Reporting Framework, a principles-based

framework for corporate reporting.

NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the

country’s only aluminium smelter and

is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the

harbour from Bluff in Southland.

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange.

OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact

that ‘Ohaki’ (full name ‘Te Ohaki o

Ngatoroirangi’/The gift of Ngatoroirangi)

is the official pronunciation and should be

used when referring to the Ohaki Marae

(Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.

Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the

iwi. There are many generations of Ngati

Tahu occupation in and around the Ohaki

area, which was a highly valued kāinga for

its geothermal features, Waikato Awa and

many natural resource.

OhaakiOhaaki is used for the Contact power

station and operations.

TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired

power station.

TCFD

The Task Force for Climate-related

Financial Disclosures provides a

framework for climate-related financial

risk disclosures.

Terrawatt

hour (TWh)

A unit of energy equal to outputting one

million watts for one hour.

TISR

Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading

indicator measure that assesses the

potential severity of health and safety

and process safety incidents.

TWoW

Transformative Ways of Working is one of

our major strategic themes. It is focused

on reimagining our traditional ways of

working.

Virtual

power

plant

In the past this was demand response.

It is the ability to turn energy use off and

on according to demand.

Glossary

124

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Te Reo Māori glossary
HaporiSection of a kinship group, family, society, community

HapūKinship group, subtribe

IwiExtended kinship group, tribe

KaitiakiGuardian, steward

KaitiakitangaGuardianship, stewardship

MāoriIndigenous Peoples of Aotearoa New Zealand

MahiWork, activity

Mana whenuaThe hapū and iwi groups that have territorial rights and authority over land

RangatahiYouth

Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand, Māori as the Indigenous

People are known as the tangata whenua

TikangaCustom, protocol

WhakawāteaClearing, freeing, expunging, purging, removal

WhānauExtended family, family group

Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.

125

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI and Climate
Statement directories

Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the IR24

that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement FY24.

StandardDisclosureIR24 Page 

NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix71

NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2443

NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management72–73

NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and

opportunities

74–86

126

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI content index
Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period

1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024.

GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021

Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021

2–1Organisational details96, 133Contact operates in Aotearoa

New Zealand.

2–2Entities included in

the organisation’s

sustainability reporting

Contact Energy and Western Energy

are the only entities included in our

sustainability reporting unless otherwise

specified. In consolidating this information

there have been no adjustments made

for minority interests and no differences

in the approach across disclosures in

this standard or across material topics.

See page 118 for entities included in

our financial auditing.

2–3Reporting period,

f requency and contact

point

2, 133

2–4Restatements of

information

43Some water usage has been restated as

consumption rather than discharge.

2–5External assurance73,

120–

123

2–6Activities, value chain

and other business

relationships

64, 68

2–7EmployeesThere were no significant fluctuations

during the reporting period. See reporting

tables on our ESG Reporting Website.

2–8Workers who are not

employees

OmittedInformation unavailable. We do not have any

comprehensive tracking of non-employees

(i.e. contractors) however are aiming to

introduce better tracking in the near future.

2–9Governance structure

and composition

70–73Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement and

on our website.

2–10Nomination and

selection of the

highest governance

body

Information is in our Corporate

Governance Statement.

2–11Chair of the highest

governance body

70

2–12Role of the highest

governance body

in overseeing the

management of

impacts

70–73

2–13Delegation of

responsibility for

managing impacts

73

2–14Role of the highest

governance body in

sustainability reporting

65,

70–73

2–15Conflicts of interest88–89Further detail can be found in the

Board Charter, Corporate Governance

Statement, and Code of Conduct.

2–16Communication of

critical concerns

73Critical concerns are presented at Board

meetings through written papers and oral

presentations.

2–17Collective knowledge

of the highest

governance body

70Further information can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement.

2–18Evaluation of the

performance of the

highest governance

body

70Further information can be found

in our Board Charter and our Corporate

Governance Statement.

2–19Remuneration policies74–85

2–20Process to determine

remuneration

74–85Further detail can be found in our

Corporate Governance Statement and our

remuneration policy.

2–21Annual total

compensation ratio

86

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

127

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

2–22

Statement on

sustainable

development strategy

6–11

2–23

Policy commitments71–72None of our policies stipulate applying

the precautionary principle. Our Mergers

and Acquisitions Policy stipulates due

diligence. Further details can be found

in our Code of Conduct and within other

policies on our website.

2–24

Embedding policy

commitments

71–72See our Modern Slavery Statement.

2–25

Processes to

remediate negative

impacts

OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage

with individuals and local communities

to remediate negative impacts f rom our

operations, and we have a Stakeholder

Engagement Policy detailing our

engagement approach and principles

with various stakeholders. We will review

our processes related to complaints,

grievances and remediation of impacts

in FY25.

2–26

Mechanisms for

seeking advice and

raising concerns

72

2–27

Compliance with laws

and regulations

73

2–28

Membership

associations

See our ESG Reporting webpage.

2–29

Approach to

stakeholder

engagement

49For more information see our Stakeholder

engagement policy.

2–30

Collective bargaining

agreements

9.7% of total Contact employees were

covered by collective bargaining

agreements as at 30 June 2024.

We do not otherwise base employee

remuneration on collective bargaining

agreements.

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3-1

Process to determine

material topics

65

3-2

List of material topics65

Material TopicsMaterial Topics

Freshwater system health

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

43, 51More information on our

Water webpage and our

Water Commitment.

GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018

303–1Interactions with water

as a shared resource

51More information on our Water webpage.

303–2Management of water

discharge-related

impacts

OmittedConfidentiality constraints: All discharge

impacts to waterways are managed

as part of our licence to operate within

consent conditions as well as energy

supply agreements held with third parties.

Disclosure will be reviewed for next year.

303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

303–4Water discharge51Further information on priority substances

can be found at the Waikato Regional

Council website. Refer to our ESG

Reporting webpage and our Water

webpage.

303–5Water consumption51Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage.

Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural treasures

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

43,

50–51

More information on our Biodiversity

webpage. 51,212 trees planted and

2,670 pests caught in FY24.

GRI 304: Biodiversity 2016

304–1Operational sites

owned, leased,

managed in, or

adjacent to, protected

areas and areas of

high biodiversity value

outside protected

areas

OmittedInformation unavailable. The information

has been prepared for each site; however

information is not at a standard to be

made useful for public reporting. We

intend to disclose this information in FY25.

128

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

304–2Significant impacts of
activities, products and

services on biodiversity

50–51Refer to ‘Looking after out ecosystems’

section on our website and our ESG

Reporting webpage. Further information

on impacts exists however is not at a

standard to be made useful for public

reporting. We intend to disclose this

information in FY25.

304–3Habitats protected or

restored

See table on our ESG Reporting webpage.

304–4IUCN Red List

species and national

conservation list

species with habitats

in areas affected by

operations

50More information on our ESG Reporting

webpage.

Generation emissions and renewable energy supply; Reliable energy supply

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

6–11,

13–15,

17–21,

22–28,

30–33,

43,

45–47,

63, 66

Indicators for generation emissions and

renewable energy supply.

3–3Management of

material topic

6–11,

13,

23–24,

27, 30,

33, 45,

53, 63,

67, 78

Indicators for reliable energy supply.

GRI 305: Emissions 2016

305–1Direct (Scope 1) GHG

emissions

31, 46,

66

Global Warming Potential rate for sulphur

heaxaflouride is 23,500. Further detail can

be found in

our GHG Inventory Report.

305–2Energy indirect (Scope

2) GHG emissions

31, 46

305–3Other indirect (Scope

3) GHG emissions

46

305–4GHG emissions

intensity

0.110:1 (tCO

2

e per MWh).

Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2

emissions by Scope 1 and 2 activity

amounts. Scope 3 not included in ratio

as activity in MWh is difficult to quantify.

Further detail can be found in our GHG

Inventory Report.

305–5Reduction of GHG

emissions

15, 31,

43,

46–47

Further detail can be found in our GHG

Inventory Report.

305–6Emissions of ozone-

depleting substances

(ODS)

OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation

prevents emission of ODS.

305–7Nitrogen oxides (NO

x

),

sulfur oxides (SO

x

), and

other significant air

emissions

OmittedInformation unavailable. NO

x

, SO

x

and

other emission data for FY24 is currently

unavailable and is expected to be

calculated at a later date.

Own

measure

Percentage of

renewable generation

66Calculated by dividing renewable

generation against total generation.

Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

6–11,

14–15,

17–21,

30–33,

36

See our Climate Statement FY24 for

more information on the management

of this topic.

Own

measure

Total contracted

flexible demand

15,

17–18,

36

The total contracted flexible demand

figure is made up of 82MW on the Simply

Flex platform plus an additional 91MW

f rom contractual arrangements with

NZ Steel and NZAS, our Hot Water Sorter

program and a flexible arrangement with

the Open Country Dairy electric boiler.

The Mataura Valley Milk and HW Richardson

work mentioned on the referenced pages

does not relate to this specific metric.








GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

129

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Sustainable procurement
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

49See our Responsible Procurement

webpage for more information.

3–3-e and 3–3-f: Omitted, information

unavailable. We are working to stand-up

a dedicated procurement team internally

with focus on improving our supplier

assessment process. Therefore, our current

process will be re-evaluated in the next

financial year.

GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016

308–1New suppliers that

were screened using

environmental criteria

OmittedInformation unavailable. We have supplier

surveys in place, however this does not

assess negative environmental impacts.

Our current process is being re-evaluated

and disclosure will be reviewed for next

year.

308–2Negative

environmental

impacts in the supply

chain and actions

taken

Omitted

GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016

414–1New suppliers that

were screened using

social criteria

OmittedInformation unavailable. We have supplier

surveys in place, however this does not

assess negative social impacts. Our

current process is being re-evaluated and

disclosure will be reviewed for next year.

414–2Negative social

impacts in the supply

chain and actions

taken

Omitted

A thriving workforce

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

55–59Refer to our Health & Safety webpage

and ESG Reporting webpage for more

information.

Lack of community representation

means social/cultural perspectives are not

considered in our decision-making, and

impacts to those communities are not

addressed. Our diversity targets aim to

reduce the risk to these communities,

and our operations as a result.

GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018

403–1Occupational

health and safety

management system

58Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.

403–2Hazard identification,

risk assessment, and

incident investigation

58See our Health & Safety webpage for

more information.

Through our Learning Team approach to

investigate work-related incidents, teams

involved in an incident come together

with minimal management presence.

Through expert facilitation, timelines

are established, stories are told, and

everyone involved gets the opportunity to

contribute. Focus is applied to hierarchy

of controls to ensure that actions are not

focused on administrative controls, but on

being able to engineer, isolate, substitute

or eliminate hazards.

403–3Occupational health

services

See our Health & Safety webpage for

more information.

403–4Worker participation,

consultation, and

communication on

occupational health

and safety

58Each of our sites has a H&S committee

with diverse membership f rom the

f rontline to site management. Meetings

are generally held monthly, including with

contractors, and two-way communication

sets expectations, gathering insights

around H&S. Building relationships,

having informal discussions and formal

mechanisms such as observation cards

enables collaboration with f rontline

workers to write and review our H&S

system. Workshops, testing, and field

experiments are mechanisms we use

throughout.

403–5Worker training on

occupational health

and safety

58See our Health & Safety webpage for

more information.

403–6Promotion of worker

health

58See our Health & Safety webpage for

more information.

403–7Prevention and

mitigation of

occupational health

and safety impacts

directly linked by

business relationships

We offer occupational health monitoring

such as lung function and hearing testing.

Anyone who has potentially been exposed

to asbestos in the past is registered with

NZ Provide, an asbestos health monitoring

programme.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

130

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

403–8Workers covered
by an occupational

health and safety

management system

Our H&S system has been internally

audited according to NZS4801

(superseded by ISO 45001). No external

audit has been performed.

Our H&S system covers 100% of our

approximately 1200 employees and

5000 contractors who work on our sites

as “controlled contractors”.

403–9Work-related injuriesRefer to our Health & Safety webpage

and ESG Reporting webpage.

Data is compiled through our H&S

reporting system, including injuries and ill

health. A report is generated with includes

classifications and injury summary.

The categorisation of these help us to

determine if it is a work-related injury

or illness, and the agency of the injury.

403–10Work-related ill health

Own

measure

Total Incident Severity

Rate (TISR)

TISR for FY24 was 2,452 for controlled

activity and 1,946 for monitored. TISR is

calculated by multiplying each injury or

Health & Safety incident by its weighted

severity level. The sum of all weighted

incidents is divided by controlled hours

worked, then multiplied by 1,000,000

to normalise the final TISR result.

GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016

405–1Diversity of

governance bodies

and employees

56–57See also, diversity tables on our ESG

Reporting webpage.

405–2Ratio of basic salary

and remuneration of

women to men

OmittedInformation unavailable.

The information to breakdown our

employee remuneration by employee

category and area of operation is not

currently captured. We will review our

process in the next financial year. We do

include information on gender pay equity.

Own

measure

Employee

engagement

55Engagement surveys are undertaken three

times per year and open to all employees.

Contact’s overall employee engagement

score is based on the average score given

by survey respondents in response to the

main engagement questions. This metric

is used to inform wellbeing initiatives and

measure improvement.

Safe and resilient infrastructure

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

47, 53,

58

Own

measure

Process safety data58See our ESG Reporting Webpage for

further details.

Process safety learning events and

incidents are recorded and validated by

an Engineering Authority and categorised

by following the Process Safety Incident

Categorisation Chart (based on the

API 754 standard). Step back learnings

are completed where justified and

improvement actions generated. All

reported process safety incidents are

included in the metric, even if remediation

actions are still in progress.

Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua; Community wellbeing

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

51–52,

64

Indicators for meaningful relationships

with tangata whenua.

3–3Management of

material topic

43, 49,

50, 52

Indicators for community wellbeing.

For more information see our Community

page on our website.





GRI 413: Local Communities 2016

413–1Operations with

local community

engagement,

impact assessments,

and development

programmes

49–50While we look at gender diversity

internally, external gender impact

assessments in local communities is not

part of our Assessment of Environmental

Effects (AEE).

Community consultation committees

and processes that include vulnerable

groups are not included in site-specific

community engagement plans as they

are considered at a wider level.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

131

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

413–2Operations with
significant actual and

potential negative

impacts on local

communities

OmittedInformation incomplete. While we discuss

our impacts on biodiversity, habitats,

and the environment throughout the

report, we do not discuss this in context

of the local community in detail that the

disclosure requires. We will review local

community engagement plans.

Customer wellbeing and trust

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

6–11,

15, 35,

37–38,

54, 66

We are reviewing all of our energy

wellbeing initiatives to identify lessons

learned and incorporate these into our

policies and processes.

GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016

418–1Substantiated

complaints concerning

breaches of customer

privacy and losses of

customer data

See reportable privacy incidents table on

our ESG Reporting webpage.

Compilation requirement 2.1. Omitted:

Information incomplete. We will improve

our system for recording this information

and disclose in FY25.

Own

measure

Customer satisfaction

(Net Promoter Score)

35Each week, a random customer sample

is surveyed to measure their experience

with Contact using Net Promoter Score

(NPS). NPS f rom the last quarter (1 April

– 30 June) of the year is reported using

the following calculation: (promotors-

detractors)/(total responses).

Energy wellbeing and equity

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

3–3Management of

material topic

7, 11,

37–38,

43

We are reviewing all of our energy

wellbeing initiatives to identify lessons

learned and incorporate these into our

policies and processes.

Own

measure

Percentage of

customers accepted

following credit check

43Measured by analysing new sign-ups

following a credit check to determine sign-

up rate with Prepay included/excluded.

Increase in sign-ups with Prepay reflects

energy accessibility for those who would

otherwise be rejected.

GRI

StandardDisclosurePageExplanation

132

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

Corporate directory
Board of Directors

Robert McDonald (Chair)

Sandra Dodds

David Gibson

Jon Macdonald

Rukumoana Schaafhausen

David Smol

Elena Trout

Leadership team

Mike Fuge

Chief Executive Officer

Chris Abbott

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Jack Ariel

Major Projects Director

Jan Bibby

Chief People Experience Officer

Matt Bolton

Chief Retail Officer

John Clark

Chief Generation Officer

Dorian Devers

Chief Financial Officer

Iain Gauld

Chief Information Officer

Jacqui Nelson

Chief Development Officer

Tighe Wall

Chief Transformation and Digital Officer

Registered office

Contact Energy Limited

Level 2, Harbour City Tower

29 Brandon Street

Wellington 6011

New Zealand

T +64 4 499 4001

W contact.co.nz

Company secretary

Kirsten Clayton

General Counsel & Company Secretary

Company numbers

NZ Incorporation 660760

ABN 68 080 480 477

Auditor

EY

PO Box 490

Wellington 6011

Registry

Change of address, payment instructions

and investment portfolios can be viewed

and updated online:

investorcentre.linkmarketservices.co.nz


investorcentre.linkmarketservices.com.au

New Zealand Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

(formerly Link Market Services Limited)

PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142

Level 30, PwC Tower


15 Customs Street West

Auckland, 1010

contactenergy@linkmarketservices.co.nz


T + 64 9 375 5998

Australian Registry

MUFG Corporate Markets

(formerly Link Market Services Limited)

Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235

680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000

contactenergy@linkmarketservices.com.au


T +61 1300 554 474

Investor relations enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Investor Relations and Strategy Manager

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Sustainability enquiries

Taria Tahana

Head of Sustainability

sustainability@contact.co.nz

Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340

If you live around one of our power

stations or offices and want to


get in touch, give us a shout on

0800 000 458 (North Island) or

0800 66 33 35 (South Island).

133

INTEGRATED

REPORT 2024

GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS

contact.co.nz

---

Climate
Statement FY24

CLIMATE
STATEMENT

FY24

2

ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

About our climate-related disclosures

At Contact, our vision is to be a leader in the decarbonisation of New Zealand.

We’re playing our part in the transition to a renewable energy future in response

to the climate challenges facing us all.

This Climate Statement FY24 details how we as a

business think about the risks presented by climate

change, and how we are ensuring we are ready

to mitigate these risks and take advantage of any

opportunities.

Contact is a climate-reporting entity under the

Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. We have

reported our climate change risks each year since

2019 according to the Task Force on Climate-related

Financial Disclosures (TCFD) f ramework. This

year, our Climate Statement has been prepared in

accordance with the External Reporting Board’s

(XRB) Climate-related Disclosures Standards (NZCS).


These disclosures cover the period 1 July 2023 to

30 June 2024.

In preparing this first report, we have applied the

following adoption provisions of Climate Standard 2


(NZCS 2): 

+

Adoption Provision 1 – Current financial impacts

+

Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial

impacts 

+

Adoption Provision 3 – Transition planning

The information presented in this Climate Statement

is subject to material limitations and inherent

uncertainty and is subject to ongoing change.


The information in these climate-related disclosures

should not be considered a prediction of future

financial or non-financial performance. These

statements are subject to a range of known and

unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions,


many of which lie outside of our control.

The climate scenarios outlined in this report were

developed based on current assumptions and

projections using information available at the time

of development. There is inherent uncertainty within

each scenario – they are not intended to provide a

complete or accurate forecast of future events. The

climate risks and opportunities identified may not

eventuate and, if they do, the actual impacts and

consequences are likely to be significantly different

to what is set out in this report.

These statements include forward-looking

statements about impacts, climate scenarios,

targets, forecasts, and future plans. Words like “likely,”

“expect,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” and similar terms

indicate these forward-looking statements. Such

statements are based on management’s current

expectations and reflect judgements, assumptions,

estimates and other information available when

this report was compiled or when scenario analyses

were undertaken. They are inherently uncertain

and subject to limitations, and may be affected by a

range of variables which could cause actual results

to differ materially f rom current expectations. We

do not guarantee that statements in this report will

remain correct after publication.

This report should not be relied upon as a

recommendation, forecast or guarantee and Contact

disclaims, to the maximum extent permitted by law,

any liability whatsoever (including for negligence)

for any loss arising f rom use of or reliance on this

report. This disclaimer should be read together with

other limitations, uncertainties, and risks mentioned

throughout this report. This report is not an offer

or investment recommendation and should not be

considered legal or financial advice.

This report should be read in conjunction with the

Contact Integrated Report 2024, which uses the

Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and

the International Integrated Reporting Council

Framework to report on material Environment,


Social and Governance (ESG) activities.

For enquiries on this report please contact:


Investor enquiries

Shelley Hollingsworth

Investor Relations and Strategy Manager

investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz

Media enquiries

Louise Wright

Head of Communications and Reputation

media@contactenergy.co.nz

3
Contents

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Contents

About this statement 2

Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4

Governance 5

Risk 8

Strategy 10

Metrics and targets 24

4
Contents

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Message from the

Chair and Chief Executive

Tēnā koutou

Welcome to Contact’s first Climate Statement that outlines how

we are addressing – and are planning for – a sustainable future.

The impacts of climate change as borne

out by extreme weather events and

rising global temperatures affect us all.

As a leading New Zealand energy

generator and retailer, we have a

responsibility to communicate to

our shareholders, our stakeholders

and the communities in which we

operate about the steps we are taking

to manage and mitigate climate-

related changes alongside leveraging

opportunities that arise.

We are now three years into the

Contact26 strategy, with the vision

to be a leader in the decarbonisation

of New Zealand, playing our part in

the transition to a renewable energy

future.

The four pillars in our strategy –

Grow Demand, Grow Renewable

Development, Decarbonise our

Portfolio, and Create Outstanding

Customer Experiences – along with


the key initiatives to deliver on the

strategy – will contribute to a low-

emission, climate resilient future. 

There’s no doubt however that the

country’s transition to this renewable

electric future, and Contact’s role in

that transition, has both risks and

opportunities.

To understand these, we have been

measuring our Scope 1 greenhouse

gas emissions since 2012, and our total

emissions since 2018, and undertaking

climate scenario analysis

In FY24 we took this process to the

next level by undertaking a deep

analysis, based on established

international and domestic data

sources, to update our climate

scenarios and the risks and

opportunities arising. This report

details the process and findings.

Managing climate risk is part of

our established risk management

f ramework, and the initiatives in

place to mitigate these risks are key

components of our Contact26 strategy.

While the results f rom our net zero

initiatives will be clear over time,

in-year carbon emissions will be

influenced by hydrology conditions.

After two years of reductions in our

Scope 1 emissions, FY24 saw these

emissions increase, primarily as a result

of hydro volatility and as we worked

towards bringing Tauhara online. This

required greater reliance on thermal

generation through our gas peaking

plants. Our continued investment in

additional renewable development

in geothermal, solar and grid scale

battery, plus our pipeline of wind and

further solar and battery investments,

are all key parts of our mitigation plan.

Although we will regularly review

and adapt our strategy to account for

changes in the external environment,

we are reassured Contact is taking

active steps to mitigate the risks and

maximise the opportunities presented.

Ngā mihi nui,

Rob McDonald

Board Chair

Mike Fuge


Chief Executive Officer

Board Chair, Rob McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.

5
Contents

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Governance

Board oversight of climate-related

risks and opportunities  

The Board is responsible for overseeing

Contact’s governance, strategic direction,

and performance, including managing

climate risks and opportunities. Profiles of

our Board of Directors can be viewed on

our website and in our 2024 Integrated

Report (see page 63).   

The Board considers climate-related risks and

opportunities when developing and overseeing the

implementation of Contact’s strategy. This is done

through several lenses:

+

progress reporting on renewable energy projects

under development, including solar and wind

+

reviewing emissions data to understand progress

against our decarbonisation targets

+

assessing the potential impacts of climate change

on our operations through the risk management

f ramework

+

analysing financial Board reporting which includes

adaptation strategies to mitigate the physical

impacts of climate change on our inf rastructure.

Two committees support the Board in its climate-

related work: the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC), and

Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC).

The Executive Leadership Team supports the Board by

providing specialist input, feedback and advice, while

day-to-day management of climate-related risks and

opportunities is embedded with individual business

units (see governance diagram on page 7).  

The ARC reviews climate-related risks and

opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario

analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC

Chair provides updates to the Board four times per

year and makes recommendations to the Board on

Contact’s Risk Management Policy and Framework.  

The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental policies,

strategy and performance. It also reviews and

recommends to the Board environmental targets

and assesses performance against those targets.


The HSEC receives reports f rom management and

meets four times per year. It reports to the full Board.  

The Board considers the reports f rom both the ARC

and HSEC and incorporates recommendations as

appropriate, as part of establishing Contact’s overall

strategic direction, setting the risk appetite, and

ensuring appropriate management policies are in

place.

Governance process and frequency 

Contact’s climate-related work is integrated

into our existing governance structures, and the

Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The

governance structure diagram on page 7 shows the

responsibilities of the Contact Board, committees,

leadership team, and business units, and the

relationships between them.  

Board skills and competencies 

Our director skills matrix, outlined on page 71 of

our 2024 Integrated Report shows the areas of

director capability required to enable Contact’s

success, and the expertise held by current directors.

Given the importance of climate-related risks and

opportunities, we have invested in upskilling the

entire Board in FY24 through an Introduction to

the Climate-related Disclosure (CRD) Framework,

and a workshop on climate scenarios, risks, and

opportunities. 

The Board draws on expertise f rom within the

Contact business and f rom external specialists to

inform its planning and decision-making. In 2024


the Board undertook a study tour to Australia to

learn f rom renewable energy developers in a

different geography and regulatory environment. 

Contact is an active member of a number of business

associations which support emissions targets in

line with Paris Agreement goals, including the

commitment to net zero: 

+

The Aotearoa Circle, a public-private partnership

aiming to restore natural capital in New Zealand.

+

The Sustainable Business Council (SBC), which

sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises

New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to


build a thriving and sustainable future for all.  

+

The Climate Leaders Coalition, which aims to

build momentum towards a zero-carbon future.

Together with over one hundred other businesses,

Contact signed the SBC-backed Climate Leaders

Coalition Statement of Ambition.  

+

The Electricity Retailers’ Association of New Zealand

(ERANZ), which supports New Zealand’s 2050

emissions reduction targets, with a focus on how

New Zealand can achieve the emissions reductions

at the lowest possible cost without leaving any

households or businesses behind. 

6
Contents

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Monitoring progress  

Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our performance

metrics and outcomes for each financial year

(see page 78 of our Integrated Report). We also

set Strategic Metrics, including for our strategic

initiatives, with targets relating to emissions

generation and emissions intensity f rom generation,

which are reported annually in our Integrated Report.

The scorecard can be found on page 45 of the 2024

Integrated Report.  

The process for setting the Strategic Metrics with

the leadership team, which proposes metrics and

targets to the Board Committee responsible, which

in turn reviews and recommends these to the full

Board. The ARC is responsible for financial and non-

financial metrics, while the HSEC is responsible for

targets relating to environmental performance which

include climate-related issues.

The Board monitors scorecard progress through

regular reporting, the f requency of which varies

depending on the strategic initiative. This includes

reporting greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics


to the HSEC.

CEO and Executive Team remuneration is linked

to climate-related targets through the LTI Equity

Scheme. Management remuneration comprises

fixed remuneration, which includes salary and other

benefits; and pay-for-performance remuneration

including Short Term Incentives (cash and equity

awarded through deferred share rights) and

long term incentives (equity awarded through

performance share rights).

The short term cash incentive comprises:

+

70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:  

̵

40% relates to financial results 

̵

20% relates to safety targets 

̵

40% relates to strategy delivery and key

operational milestone targets 

+

30% based on individual KPIs. 

Management’s role in assessing and considering

climate-related risks and opportunities 

Leadership Team 

Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business

identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-related

risks and opportunities, and implements appropriate

risk mitigations. The Chief Financial Officer and Chief

Corporate Affairs Officer have specific climate-related

responsibilities as set out in the governance diagram

on page 7.  

The Leadership Team (LT) considers the relationship

of these issues to Contact’s strategy and reports to

the ARC (on risk, strategy or finance) or the HSEC


(on sustainability, environmental policy and process).

Key issues are then reported to the full Board.

The LT also monitors and manages climate-related


risks and opportunities through its work on Contact’s

strategy, which is reviewed annually, with progress

monitored monthly. The Chief Executive and members

of the leadership team engage with the Board 10 times


each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times

each year. The Board, when setting strategy,

considers a wide range of risks and environmental

factors, incorporating climate change considerations

in their decision-making.

Profiles of our LT members can be viewed on our

website.

Operational teams

Although our teams manage climate-related risks

and opportunities every day, specific areas of

responsibility fall in two key operational areas: 

+

The Risk, Strategy and Finance teams, reporting

to the Chief Financial Officer


The Risk team implements risk management

policy, oversees climate-related risk processes and

reports risks to the Leadership Team and the ARC.

The Strategy team undertakes scenario modelling

and analysis, and develops the strategic planning

process, while the Finance team collates and

analyses financial data.  


+

The Sustainability team, reporting to the

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

This team has responsibility for sustainability

initiatives and implementing environmental policy

and processes, while individual business units

are responsible for day-to-day climate-related

monitoring and reporting.  


 

 

Clyde Dam, Central Otago.

7
Contents

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement

Board

Audit and Risk Committee

Leadership Team

Chief Financial Officer

Operational level

Chief Corporate Affairs Officer

Health, Safety and Environment Committee

+

Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including

the strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities

+

Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting

risk appetite

+

Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and

Risk Committee

Reports to the Board

+

Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities,

climate scenarios, results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting

+

Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk

Management Policy and Framework

+

Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices

Reports to the Chief Executive

+

Responsible for ensuring that Contact is identifying, assessing and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Risk Management Policy and Framework

+

Strategy and financial decision-making process

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Risk team

Reports to the Chief Finance Officer.

Responsible for:

+

Implementation of Risk

Management Policy and oversight

of climate-related risk processes

+

Monitoring and reporting risks

to the Leadership Team and Audit

and Risk Committee

Strategy team

Reports to the Chief Finance

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Scenario modelling and

analysis

+

Strategic planning process

Finance team

Reports to the Chief Finance

Officer. Responsible for:

+

Collating and analysing

climate-related financial data

Sustainability team

Reports to the Chief Corporate

Affairs Officer. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability initiatives

+

Implementing environmental

policy and processes

Individual business units

Reports to the relevant

Leadership Team member.

Responsible for:

+

Day-to-day monitoring,

management and reporting

on climate-related risks and

opportunities

Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:

+

Sustainability

+

Environment Policy

+

Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement

Reports to the Board

+

Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,

including climate mitigations

+

Reviewing and recommending to the Board targets for environmental

performance and assessing performance against those targets

+

Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and

competencies

+

Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the

corporate scorecard and strategic objectives

+

Approving climate-related disclosures

Governance structure

GovernanceMetrics and targets
8

ContentsStrategyRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Risk

Contact’s Organisational Risk

Management System 

Risk Management Framework 

Our risk management f ramework meets the ISO

31000 risk management guidelines to ensure we

have appropriate systems to identify, assess, treat,

monitor, and report on material risks. This f ramework

is detailed in our 2024 Integrated Report. 

To align with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standards, we have updated our risk management

policy and f ramework, and integrated climate change

into our risk appetite statements. These statements

guide the risk we are prepared to pursue, retain or

take in pursuit of our strategy and are embedded

into our enterprise risk matrix to ensure they are

cascaded to an operational level.  

Risk identification  

Each quarter we identify and review risks across our

business, including climate-related risks. This year

we extended our scope to consider all business

operations in our value chain. 

To identify the impacts of climate change and the

climate-related risks and opportunities facing our

business, we brought together a wide range of

Contact subject matter experts and an external

climate specialist. We considered all parts of our

value chain and all climate-related risks: those

relating to the transition to a lower-carbon economy

(transitional risks), as well as physical risks to our

resources, inf rastructure, and assets.    

The STEEP analysis tool (which looks at Societal,

Technological, Economic, Environmental, and

Political impacts) helped us identify transitional risks,

while physical risks were identified by considering

the immediate and long-term impacts that changes

to the climate or extreme weather events could

pose. Group participants reviewed the risks and

opportunities to determine relativity between them.    

The climate-related risks and opportunities identified

were then assessed by the group, with risk owners

assigned at both a leadership team and operational

level. This approach builds on the processes we use to

manage enterprise risk, through regular workshops

across the business. 

Risk assessment 

Once we identified our transitional and physical

climate-related risks, we used a range of tools and

methods to assess their scope, size and impact.  

Transitional risks 

Transitional risks, typically short- to medium-term

in nature, were assessed using Contact’s enterprise

risk matrix. The risks were based on the consequence

to the business and the likelihood of occurrence,

across the six consequence categories in our risk

matrix (people safety and wellbeing, compliance,

environment, financial performance, customers,

partners, and stakeholders).   

The group assessed and ranked all the climate-

related risks to ensure the relative risk ratings were

considered against each other for consistency. 


The outcome of this assessment was used to help

each risk owner understand the relative risk and

prioritise appropriate actions to reduce the risk


to an acceptable level.   

Assessing physical risks 

We assessed physical risks using a vulnerability and

exposure tool to evaluate the impact on Contact’s

value chain if the hazard occurred, and Contact’s

sensitivity and level of adaptability to that hazard.

This tool allowed us to consider physical risks over

a longer time horizon, and is now part of our risk

assessment toolkit, used for future physical climate

risk assessments.  

We assessed these physical risks against our

enterprise risk matrix, which accommodates

the longer time horizons required for physical

climate risks. We added descriptors to guide future

assessment of climate change risk and will continue

to mature and evolve our tools.

The enterprise risk matrix and the vulnerability and

exposure tool gave us a strong understanding of


the consequences of physical climate change risk

to Contact.

Time horizons 

We considered three time-horizons to inform our

view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity

would most likely manifest: 

+

short-term (up to 2030) 

+

medium-term (2030–2050)  

+

long-term (2050–2080) 

We will regularly review these time horizons as

climate science matures and new trends emerge,

and we will use the data to inform our ongoing risk

assessment.  

GovernanceMetrics and targets
9

ContentsStrategyRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Managing climate-related risks 

All risks (climate and non-climate) are recorded

in Contact’s central risk management database,

which includes risk controls and treatment

actions in accordance with our risk management

f ramework. Some climate-related risks are

standalone, while others span multiple parts


of the business.

Plans are in place to update relevant policies to

incorporate climate change risk. One example is our

Treasury Policy which will be updated to incorporate

climate change risk when managing liquidity risk.   

Once a risk is entered into our risk database, the risk

owner takes responsibility for ensuring it is managed

and monitored with treatment plans in place to

eliminate, mitigate or transfer the risk to


an acceptable level. 

Frequency of review and assessment 

We will assess climate-related risks and opportunities

periodically via our standard processes: 

+

The strategy setting process

This involves an environmental scan of risks and

opportunities, including those linked to climate

change. Any new risks and opportunities will be

incorporated into our enterprise climate-related risk

and opportunities assessment and management

process.  

+

Ongoing emerging risk review

This is an opportunity to identify new potential

climate-related risks. 

+

Quarterly risk reviews

These have been extended across the business to

include climate-related risks and ensure existing

risks are actively managed in line with our risk

management f ramework.   

+

Normal business processes

At an operational level, we actively review and

manage climate risks through normal business

processes. 

+

Reporting to the Audit and Risk

Committee (ARC)

We report climate-related risks to the ARC as part

of our standard governance reporting process.   

Prioritising and integrating risks  

The output of our climate-related risk assessments is

integrated into Mau Taniwha, our business planning

and prioritisation process. Any actions for material

climate-related risks that require funding or shared

resources are prioritised by this process. Severe or

high-rated risks (including severe or high climate-

related risks) will generally be prioritised for funding

and allocation of shared resource.   

 

 

 

Te Mihi Geothermal Power Station in Taupō.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
10

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Strategy

Contact’s business

model and strategy

At the heart of our strategy

is our vision to be a leader

in the decarbonisation of

New Zealand, playing our

part in the transition to a

renewable energy future.

Our business is focused

on delivering this vision,

which will see us achieve

net zero emissions from

our generation operations

by 2035. 

 

Our value chain

We generate

We innovateWe sell and serveWe trade

We sell the electricity

we generate on the

wholesale market.We

purchase goods and

services f rom a wide

range of suppliers.


We also trade a range

of financial products

to manage our risk

and create value.

We create smart

solutions to help

customers, partners,

suppliers and

communities to

improve energy

efficiency and reduce

carbon emissions.

As a retailer we

sell products and

services to thousands

of individuals and

businesses to

meet their energy,

broadband and

mobile needs.

Relationships

Workforce

Technology

Sustainable


Business Practice

GEOTHERMAL

HYDROELECTRIC

THERMAL

(GAS/DIESEL)

MOBILEBROADBAND

FUTURE RENEWABLE

DEVELOPMENTS

LINES

COMPANIES

NATIONAL

GRID

BATTERY AND

SOLAR

UNDER

CONSTRUCTION

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
11

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Contact Energy is one of New Zealand’s

largest energy generators and retailers.

Generation 

We generate electricity through six geothermal

sites, two hydroelectric sites, two gas peaking units,

three diesel fired units and one baseload gas plant

(Taranaki Combined Cycle which is expected to close

at the end of 2024). We are preparing for further

investment in renewable energy, with additional

consented geothermal developments, a number

of potential solar projects nationwide through a

50/50 joint partnership with Lightsource bp, and a

pipeline of wind farm opportunities (earliest expected

investment decision is FY26). And we are building a

grid scale battery supplied by Tesla.

Trading 

Contact is an active participant in the wholesale

electricity market where we sell all the electricity

we generate, buy all electricity we need for our

sales channels, and trade a range of financial risk

management products. Purchased electricity relies on

a range of generation sources including coal, reflecting

market composition. We rely on network and

transmission services provided by regulated entities

(reflecting New Zealand’s energy market structure).

Retail 

We sell electricity, gas, broadband and mobile plans

to households across New Zealand, and we sell

electricity to commercial and industrial customers. 

Simply Energy  

Through Simply Energy, part of the Contact Group,

we provide innovative solutions for flexible demand

management to commercial and industrial customers.

Western Energy 

Our subsidiary Western Energy provides specialised

geothermal well services to customers all over the

world.

Our generation

and storage assets

Clyde

Stratford

Whirinaki

Tauhara

Ohaaki

Te Mihi

Wairakei

Te HukaTe Huka 3

Poihipi

Roxburgh

Glenbrook

Kōwhai

Park

Existing/Complete

Under construction

Solar

Battery

TYPE

S TAT U S

Geothermal

Hydroelectric

Storage lake

Thermal

* TCC is co-located with gas peaking plant at Stratford.

TCC is expected to close at the end of 2024.

*

Hawea

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
12

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Contact’s strategy

At the heart of Contact’s strategy is the promise to build a better, cleaner, and sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand. 

Our vision, to be a leader in the decarbonisation

of New Zealand, was developed in the context

of New Zealand’s bipartisan commitment to net

zero emissions by 2050. Integral to this strategy is

transition, as we seek to respond to risks and capture

the opportunities as New Zealand’s energy sector

moves to a low-emissions future.

The four pillars in our strategy, along with the key

initiatives, contribute to a low-emissions, climate

resilient future.

Key initiatives include our $1.2 billion investment

in new geothermal plants coming online in 2024,

commitment to Contact’s first 100MW battery


at Glenbrook and first solar farm at Kōwhai Park,

our leadership role in demand response and other

flexible energy management solutions. All are

evidence of how entrenched the transition focus

is within the Contact26 strategy. Each initiative

represent steps towards achieving our vision.  

We have committed to achieve net zero by 2035 for

Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and outlined the pathway


to achieve this.

The metrics and targets section of this report

shows our progress. All committed and anticipated

investment in transition initiatives is captured in

our financial planning models and processes, with

progress monitored by the Board. 

We continue to review and adapt our strategy to

account for changes in the external environment,

including the impacts of climate change. This may

result in some work programmes accelerating

to harness opportunities or adjusting capital

deployment plans to reflect changing market forces.

Over the long-term, our generation assets may

be affected by physical changes associated with

climate change. This exposure is regularly reviewed

by our management team, using site-specific asset

management plans. The impact of climate change

on asset vulnerability is considered as part of our

annual asset health reviews. We also learn f rom

extreme weather events, like Cyclone Gabrielle


in 2023, and adapt our plans to build resilience.

Contact26

Strategic Pillars

Grow

Demand 

Grow Renewable

Development 

Decarbonise

our Portfolio 

Create Outstanding

Customer Experiences 

Strategic ambition Attract new industrial demand with

globally competitive renewables 

Build renewable generation and

flexibility on the back of new demand 

Lead an orderly transition to

renewables 

Create New Zealand’s leading energy

and services brand to meet more of

our customers’ needs 

Key transition initiatives 

+

New long-term deal with NZAS

including demand response. 

+

Electrify process heat e.g. boilers,

NZ Steel electric arc furnace. 

+

Facilitate other demand growth

opportunities e.g. data centres. 

+

New green chemical channel

e.g. H

2

and CO

2

transport focus. 

+

Demand response proposition. 

+

Build renewable generation, starting

with $1.2 billion new geothermal

plants completing in 2024. 

+

Grow executable pipeline of

geothermal, wind and solar. Now

totalling 6TWh. 

+

Build portfolio flexibility by investing

in grid-scale batteries (Glenbrook

100MW battery approved).  

+

Close baseload gas generation

plants (Te Rapa, TCC). 

+

Reduce reliance on peakers through

investment in renewables, batteries

and flexible demand. 

+

Geothermal non-condensible

gases capture and reinjection or

commercialisation. 

+

Net zero by 2035 (Scope 1 and 2). 

+

Introduce time-of-use products,

‘Good’ plans, encouraging customers

to shift energy usage off-peak. 

+

Trial dynamic load control through

Hot Water Sorter initiative. 

+

Billing systems providing for

customer participation. 

+

Tailored customer wellbeing

initiatives to support customers

facing energy hardship. 

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
13

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Climate scenario analysis 

In FY24, we updated our three climate-based

scenarios to help identify potential risks and

opportunities and inform our strategic planning.

These scenarios have been endorsed by our Board

and leadership team and are incorporated as an

input to the annual strategy process.

The scenarios are not forecasts, nor have they

been chosen based on probability. Rather, they

are plausible pathways to test the resilience of

our business model and strategy. A wide range of

modelled temperature outcomes and plausible

pathways, including regulatory, economic and

individual responses exist and are not necessarily

captured within this analysis.  

Climate scenario analysis is not new to Contact;

it has been part of our practice, in line with the

Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD) f ramework since 2019. However, with the

introduction of Climate-related Disclosures and our

involvement the Energy Sector Climate Scenarios

for the Aotearoa Circle in FY24, we have taken the

opportunity to ref resh our climate scenario analysis.

Consultants PwC facilitated this ref resh process.

The scenario analysis was guided by a focal

question:

“How could climate change plausibly

affect Contact over the short-, medium-

and long-term”.

Time horizons and capital

deployment 

Contact’s climate-related scenarios, risks and

opportunities consider three time horizons:

+

short-term (up to 2030) 

+

medium-term (2030–2050)  

+

long-term (2050–2080) 

We will regularly review these time horizons as

climate science matures and new trends emerge,

and we will use the data to inform our ongoing risk

assessments.  

Short-term aligns with the phases of New Zealand’s

emissions reduction plan as well as Contact’s five-

year strategic planning cycle. Over this timef rame,

strategic initiatives are well-formed and involve the

near-term commitment of capital (e.g. into new

renewable generation or storage). These initiatives

and capital deployment decisions can be highly

influenced by transition impacts such as regulatory

change.  

Medium-term captures New Zealand and

international 2050 emissions reduction targets,

including the Paris Agreement. It considers the

typical investment/replacement cycle of a range of

renewable technology options which Contact has

under development (e.g. solar, wind and grid-scale

batteries). It also falls within the duration of Contact’s

wholesale electricity price path modelling which is a

key input to the assessment of investment decisions

and capital deployment. 

Long-term reflects the longer effective operating

life of some forms of renewable generation within

our portfolio. The Wairakei A and B geothermal

power station was commissioned in the 1950s and its

replacement is planned to occur in phases between

now and 2031. Hydroelectric power generation

assets also operate over the very long-term. While

the potential physical impact of climate change on

Contact’s generation assets increases over the long-

term, so does the degree of uncertainty.  

Capital development and funding

Other transition impacts we consider for capital

deployment and funding decisions include electricity

supply and demand, carbon pricing, and fuel

availability. These all contribute to our view of the

expected price path for wholesale electricity over

time. Modelling of expected hydrology conditions on

the Clutha scheme is a key input to our wholesale

model, which draws on available science. While

climate scenario modelling was previously prepared

for TCFD reporting on a standalone basis, we are

updating our wholesale model in FY25 to directly

incorporate the ref reshed climate scenarios.

Other climate-related considerations that impact

investment decisions include hazard assessments

e.g. for land purchase decisions.  

Contact’s climate scenarios  

Our three chosen climate scenarios were developed

following engagement with stakeholders across

the business and the energy sector, using our focal

question and the STEEP f ramework analysis (as

outlined in the Risk section).

We explored a range of temperature pathways,


using established international and domestic data

sources, including the Shared Socioeconomic

Pathways Database Scenario Explorer, along with

scenarios f rom NIWA, Ministry for the Environment

and Climate Change Commission.

Contact has adopted three climate scenarios, which

are an evolution of those in our previous TCFD

reporting.

Co-ordinated Decarbonisation


1.3⁰ by 2100, aligned to the 1.5⁰ scenario NZCS 1

requirement.

Disorderly Decarbonisation


2.6⁰ by 2100, Contact’s third selected scenario.

Hot House


over 3⁰ by 2100, aligned to the CS1 requirement.

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
14

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Coordinated Decarbonisation

sees the global average temperature

settle to a 1.3º increase by 2100

(peaking to 1.5º half way through

the period) in line with the Climate

Standards. In this scenario, urgent

and aligned international and

domestic policies support sectors

to decarbonise, requiring significant

effort and a high degree of transition

impact over the short- to

medium-term. The private and

public sectors respond with

collective investment in green

technology which enables all sectors

to rapidly transition to a low-carbon

economy. Financial services further

enable this through being widely

accessible. As a result, New Zealand’s

emissions peak in the mid-2020’s

and net zero is achieved by 2050.

Disorderly Decarbonisation

results in a global average

temperature rise of 2.6º by 2100.

In this scenario, little action occurs

until rushed, with disorderly

decarbonisation policies introduced

in the mid-2030s in response to

worsening physical impacts and

changing societal expectations.

New Zealand is a ‘fast follower’

to climate action with market forces

limiting global warming; however,

adaptation and transition costs

place strain on the economy.

The scenario favours fast movers

who can leverage opportunities to

use materials, capital and skills to

gain competitive advantage.

Hot House

sees global average temperature rise

of 4.1º by 2100 in line with the Climate

Standards. In this scenario, global

efforts to implement co-ordinated

decarbonisation fail, and emissions

and temperatures grow through

the century, with a high degree of

physical impacts over the long-term.

Countries implement individual

responses. Some invest heavily in

adaptation and energy security

but struggle to stay ahead of the

rate of climate-related change.

In New Zealand no further

decarbonisation regulations are

introduced and existing regulations

are scaled back in this scenario.


GLOBAL TEMP

INCREASE


1.3°C

BY 2100


GLOBAL

POLICY

COORDINATED

SUPPORT

NGFS* NET ZERO

2050 IEA** NET

ZERO EMISSIONS


GLOBAL

TECHNOLOGY

PRIORITISED

GLOBAL

SUSTAINABILITY

FINANCING

PRIORITISED



ENVIRONMENTAL

CHANGE

INCREASE BUT

PLATEAU


CONSUMER

PREFERENCE

SEEKING

RENEWABLE

SOURCES


GOVERNMENT

INTERVENTION

INCREASED


GLOBAL TEMP

INCREASE


2.6°C

BY 2100


GLOBAL

POLICY

POOR SHORT

TERM

MODERATE MID

TO LONG TERM

NGFS*

DISORDERLY IEA**

SUSTAINABLE

DEVELOPMENT


GLOBAL

TECHNOLOGY

VARIABLE

GLOBAL

SUSTAINABILITY

FINANCING

MARKET LED


ENVIRONMENTAL

CHANGE

INCREASE BUT

PLATEAU


CONSUMER

PREFERENCE

SEEKING

RENEWABLE

SOURCES


GOVERNMENT

INTERVENTION

INCREASED


GLOBAL TEMP

INCREASE


4.1°C

BY 2100


GLOBAL

POLICY

CURRENT

NGFS* CURRENT

POLICIES

IEA** STATED

POLICIES


GLOBAL

TECHNOLOGY

DE-PRIORITISED

GLOBAL

SUSTAINABILITY

FINANCING

DE-PRIORITISED


ENVIRONMENTAL

CHANGE

SEVERE


CONSUMER

PREFERENCE

NO CHANGE


GOVERNMENT

INTERVENTION

LOW

Data sources

1. SSP1-1.9 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.

2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 2.6.

3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.

4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.

Data sources

1. SSP3-7.0 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.

2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 8.5.

3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.

4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.

Data sources

1. SSP2-4.5 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.

2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 4.5.

3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.

4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.

Contact’s climate scenarios

* Network for Greening the Financial System** International Energy Agency

StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
15

ContentsRisk

CLIMATE

STATEMENT

FY24

About this statement

Current climate risks and opportunities 

The climate risks and opportunities outlined on

pages 15 to 21 reference our three climate scenarios.

We used the vulnerability and exposure tool, and

Contact’s enterprise risk matrix to assess each.

We have considered the information that may affect

the primary users of this statement (our existing and

potential investors, lenders and creditors). As a result

we have included risks and opportunities that could

impact our strategy, business model and/or have

significant financial implications.

Physical risks 

These arise f rom changes to the climate, which can

be acute – caused by increasing extreme weather

events (e.g. flood, drought, storms) or chronic –

caused by long-term gradual changes (e.g. rising


ambient temperatures, sea level rise). Acute physical

risks stem f rom the increased f requency and severity

of extreme weather events including storms and

flooding and potential asset damage and supply

chain disruption. Chronic physical risks are focused

on changes to rainfall patterns and rising ambient

temperatures and the effect on hydroelectric

generation efficiency and the alignment of

generation with demand.


Risk Assessment Current impacts Anticipated impacts Contact’s strategic response 

P1

Changes to rainfall could lead

to reduced efficacy of hydro

generation

While changing weather conditions

are expected to increase hydro

scheme inflows, this may be

counteracted by increased

concentration and intensity of

rainfall events and increased

f requency of drought.

Coupled with limited hydro

storage and flexibility, this could

lead to a reduction in the efficacy

of hydropower generation and

reduced ability to firm intermittent

renewable generation and manage

risk associated with fixed price sales. 

Time Horizon

Long-term, 2050–80 

Type

Physical risk to operation 

Materiality

Reduction in flexible supply is one

of Contact’s top risks within its

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)

f ramework.

While a chronic change to rainfall

patterns has the potential to

contribute to this risk in the

long-term, we do not expect the

near-term impact attributable to

climate change to be significant,

independent of other seasonal

weather variations. This assessment

will be reviewed annually. 

We have been experiencing

increased volatility in hydrology

conditions. However, it is

challenging to isolate the impact

of climate change f rom seasonal

weather variations (e.g. El Niño and

La Niña).  

In FY24 we embarked on our

first ever turbine upgrade at the

Roxburgh hydroelectric dam. The

investment of around $30m will

improve the dam’s efficiency and

increase annual generation by

~45GWh (in a mean hydro year). 

Current expenditure indirectly

related to this risk includes

development costs associated with

grid-scale battery and renewable

generation (wind, solar, geothermal)

investments.

These investments will lead to

increased generation capacity and/

or alternative sources of peak time

flexibility. 

Current financial impact

This is not able to be quantified

given the ran

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.

Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time

Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.

  • KFL — Kingfish Limited: Kingfish 2024 Climate Statement
    2024-07-25

    Photo: David Slacke 61Climate Statement 06 | Case studies Contact Energy Electricity, gas and broadband provider Contact’s strategy is to provide electricity to New Zealanders, including leading the country’s decarbonisation. Contact’s ambitions are to achieve net zero emi…”